L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
{LyX }}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
+
+% redefine the greyed out note
+\renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
+ {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
\end_preamble
-\options bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
+\options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
\language english
-\inputencoding latin1
+\inputencoding auto
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
\cite_engine basic
\use_bibtopic false
\paperorientation portrait
+\branch Question
+\selected 1
+\color #00ff00
+\end_branch
+\branch Answer
+\selected 0
+\color #aa55ff
+\end_branch
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 3
\paragraph_separation indent
status open
\begin_layout Standard
-To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
+To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\begin_layout Standard
For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
- at appendix\InsetSpace ~
+ at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
\family sans
Preferences
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Preferences"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
settings.
Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
\end_layout
\end_inset
is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
- More on ERT is described in section
+ More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:ERT"
\end_inset
-, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
+, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see sec.
-
+ (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:doc-classes"
Version\InsetSpace ~
Control
\family default
- are is useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
+ are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Special
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Find\InsetSpace ~
&\InsetSpace ~
it with what you just typed.
You'll have to do an
\family sans
-\bar under
-U
-\bar default
-ndo
+Undo
\family default
to get back the lost text.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
The submenu of
\family sans
Paste\InsetSpace ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste\InsetSpace ~
+Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
+\family default
+ will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
+ as
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
+ Without
+\family sans
+Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
+\family default
+, the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
+ will start a new paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
+
+\end_inset
+
The
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Undo
\family default
to undo some mistake.
- If you accidently undo too much, use
+ If you accidentally undo too much, use
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Redo
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
+ The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
overhead.
\end_layout
\family sans
Tab
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "Tab"
+description "Tabulator key"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read Sections
+ If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:parindentintro"
\end_inset
-, especially Section\InsetSpace ~
+, especially section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Lists"
\family sans
Esc
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "Esc"
+description "Escape key"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "C"
+description "Control key"
+
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "S"
+description "Shift key"
+
\end_inset
in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "M"
+description "Meta or Alt key"
+
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
\begin_layout Description
curiculum\InsetSpace ~
-vitae classes to create curriculum vitaes
+vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Dinbrief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
+Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family typewriter
Die TeXnische Komödie
\family default
-, the journal of the german TeX user Group (Dante)
+, the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-g-brief Letters in format of the german DIN (german industry norm)
+g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
dialog.
Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
Subsubsection
\family default
headings, and so on.
- We'll describe these headings fully in section
+ We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Headings"
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Settings
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
+ There in the
\family sans
Options
\family default
- field, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separat
-ed list.
+ field under
+\family sans
+Documents\InsetSpace ~
+classes
+\family default
+, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
+ list.
This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
to use for your document.
To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Under
+\family sans
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ the
\family sans
Pagestyle
\family default
\family default
This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
have the
-\family sans
+\series bold
fancyhdr
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
package installed.
At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
- in your preamble.
+ To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
+ preamble.
Check the documentation for the
-\family sans
+\series bold
fancyhdr
-\family default
- package for more details.
+\series default
+ package for more details,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "fancyhdr"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Separation
\family default
- of paragraphs is described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:parindentintro"
\begin_layout Standard
You'll find the following options in the menu
\family sans
-Paper
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
\family default
of the dialog of the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
menu:
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are also two check-boxes in the menu:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Two-column\InsetSpace ~
-document
-\family default
- Prints the document in two columns per page.
- Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- However, there will be two columns in the generated output.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Margins"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Settings
\family default
.
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
- the paper format and the font size into consideration.
+ the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\emph default
indented.
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
- Note that the indentation behaviour is different when you use another document
+ Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
language than English.
LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Global Indentation
+Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
+To separate paragraphs, select
\family sans
Indent
\family default
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
+ The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
+ you have to add this line to your document preamble:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+parindent}{Length}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Units"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
+Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
\family default
dialog and toggle the
\family sans
-Don't indent
+Indent\InsetSpace ~
+Paragraph
\family default
- button to change the state of the current paragraph.
+ option to change the state of the current paragraph.
If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
this).
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- dialog you can set the spacing in the submenu
+ dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
\family sans
Text\InsetSpace ~
Layout.
-
\family default
- You need to have the LaTeX-package
-\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You need to have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
setspace
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
installed to use this feature.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Paragraph Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
\backslash
begin{
-\family default
\emph on
environment
-\family typewriter
\emph default
} ...
\backslash
end{
-\family default
\emph on
environment
-\family typewriter
\emph default
}
-\family default
+\series default
\newline
command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
.
LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
- and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
+ and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:nest"
\begin_layout Standard
LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
- Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with latin letters.
+ Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
s
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\series bold
Note:
-\emph default
- not all document types use the
+\series default
+ Not all document types use the
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
heading as the maximum sectioning level.
- In that case, the
+ In that case the
\family sans
Section
\family default
is the top-level heading.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
So, if you use the
\family sans
after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- Under
\family sans
-Numbering&TOC
-\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Under
+\family sans
+Numbering\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+TOC
+\family default
you'll see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
-Section
+Numbering
\family default
controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
heading.
The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
of contents.
- Unfortunately, the numbers you can choose are not intuitive.
- Table\InsetSpace ~
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Values-of-the"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Short Titles of Headings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Section headings ! Short titles"
\end_inset
- explain all possible values.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_inset OptArg
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Values-of-the"
+Short Titles
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Values of the numbering depth
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
+ This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
+ For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
+ title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
+ This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
+ avoiding the problem mentioned.
+ To specify a short title, use the menu
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Num
-\series default
-\shape default
-\size default
-\emph default
-\bar default
-\noun default
-bering
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
- Depth
-\end_layout
-
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short\InsetSpace ~
+Title
+\family default
+.
+ This will insert a box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+opt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-LyX numbers these
-\end_layout
+ (stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+optional
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+) which you can use to enter the short title text.
+ This also works for captions inside floats.
+\end_layout
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-value
+\begin_layout Standard
+The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Special Information
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The following information applies to all section headings:
+\end_layout
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-section headings
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can only use inline math in these environments.
+\end_layout
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
--2
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Quotes and Poetryline spacing
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
+ They are
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+.
+ Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
+ These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
+ They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
+ the text they contain.
+ They also allow nesting, so you can put a
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ in a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-no numbering of any kind
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
+
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ when you start a new paragraph.
+ So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
+ Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
+ to change back to the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment yourself.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:quote"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
--1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Quotation"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Parts
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
--0 and 0
+Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
+ time for the differences.
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ are identical except for one difference:
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
+This is in the
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Chapters
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
+ wraps.
+ See -- no indentation!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Quote
+Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
+ Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
+ the other paragraph.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Here's another example, this time in the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ environment:
+\end_layout
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\begin_layout Quotation
+This is in the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ environment.
+ If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
+ If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
+ the first line, then
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
+\emph on
+if
+\emph default
+ you were quoting other text.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Quotation
+Here's a new paragraph.
+ I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
+ If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+As the examples show,
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Sections
+Quote
+\family default
+ is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
+ They should put quotes in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ paragraph environment for quoted text.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Verse"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Subsections
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Poetry"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Subsubsections
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Paragraphs
+Verse
+\family default
+ is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
+ Here's an example:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Verse
+This is in Verse
+\newline
+Which I did not rehearse!
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
+\begin_layout Verse
+It could be much worse.
+ This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
+ around.
+ It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
+ indented a bit more than the first.
+ Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
+ So sue me.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Verse
+To break a line
+\newline
+And make things look fine
+\newline
+Use
\family sans
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Subparagraphs
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see,
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ does not indent both margins.
+ Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
+ To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Lists
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Lists"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-0
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- will number parts and chapters, while
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Lists"
-2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
- Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use chapter headings
- (
-\emph on
-e.g.
-\emph default
- the default article class), then the values 0 and -1 have the same effect.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Suppose you want to number
-\emph on
-all
-\emph default
- sectioning heading, but you only want
+LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
+ of lists.
+ In the
\family sans
-Chapter
+Itemize
\family default
-s,
+ and
\family sans
-Section
+Enumerate
\family default
-s, and
+ environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
+ In the
\family sans
-Subsection
+Description
\family default
-s in the Table of Contents.
- You have to set the value of
+ and
\family sans
-Section
+List
\family default
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
+ We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
+ some general features of all four of them.
+\end_layout
-5
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+General Features
+\end_layout
- and
+\begin_layout Standard
+The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
+ in several ways.
+ First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
+ Hitting
\family sans
-the value of Table of contents
+Return
\family default
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
+ The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
+ If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
+ you should use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to break paragraphs.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
+ In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
+ is nested.
+ If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
+ you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:nest"
-2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Short Titles of Headings
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Section headings ! Short titles"
-
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Short Titles
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Lists ! Itemize"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Short-Titles"
+name "sec:itemize"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
- This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
- For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
- title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
- This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
- avoiding the problem mentioned.
- To specify a short title, use the menu
+The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Short\InsetSpace ~
-Title
+Itemize
\family default
-.
- This will insert a box labelled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-opt
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-optional
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) which you can use to enter the short title text.
- This also works for captions inside floats.
+ paragraph environment.
+ It has the following properties:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Special Information
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following information applies to all section headings:
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
+The items can have any length.
+ LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
+ The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list may be in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
+If you nest an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment inside another
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-You can only use inlined math in these environments.
+There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
+LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Quotes and Poetryline spacing
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+See section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
- They are
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-Verse
-\family default
-.
- Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
- These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
- They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
- the text they contain.
- They also allow nesting, so you can put a
-\family sans
-Verse
-\family default
- in a
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
-, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:nest"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
-
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- reset to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- when you start a new paragraph.
- So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
+Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
\family sans
-Return
+Itemize
\family default
- without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
- Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
- to change back to the
+ list.
+ The
\family sans
-Standard
+Itemize
\family default
- environment yourself.
+ environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
+ Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
+ Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the first level
\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Quotation
+Itemize
\family default
+ is a large black dot, or bullet.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:quote"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the second level is a dash.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the third is an asterisk.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quotation"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back out to the third level.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back to the second level.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
- time for the differences.
-
+These are the default labels for an
\family sans
-Quote
+Itemize
\family default
- and
+ list.
+ You can customize these labels in the
\family sans
-Quotation
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- are identical except for one difference:
+ dialog in the submenu
\family sans
-Quote
+Bullets
\family default
- uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
-
+.
\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Quote
-This is in the
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- environment.
- I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
- wraps.
- See -- no indentation!
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
- Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
- the other paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's another example, this time in the
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
+Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
+ We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Quotation
-This is in the
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- environment.
- If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
- If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
- the first line, then
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
-\emph on
-if
-\emph default
- you were quoting other text.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:nest"
-\begin_layout Quotation
-Here's a new paragraph.
- I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
- If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-As the examples show,
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
- They should put quotes in the
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- environment.
- Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- paragraph environment for quoted text.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Verse
+Enumerate
\family default
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Paragraph ! Verse"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Poetry"
+name "Lists ! Enumerate"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Verse"
+name "sec:enumerate"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\family sans
-Verse
+Enumerate
\family default
- is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
- Here's an example:
+ environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
+ It has these properties:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-This is in Verse
-\newline
-Which I did not rehearse!
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Each item has a numeral as its label.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-It could be much worse.
- This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
- around.
- It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
- indented a bit more than the first.
- Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
- So sue me.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-To break a line
-\newline
-And make things look fine
-\newline
-Use
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
-.
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see,
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Each new
\family sans
-Verse
+Enumerate
\family default
- does not indent both margins.
- Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
- To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
+ environment resets the counter to one.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Like the
+\family sans
+Itemize
\family default
- function
+ environment, the
\family sans
-C-Return
+Enumerate
\family default
-.
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Lists
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lists"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Lists"
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
+ Items can have any length.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
- of lists.
- In the
+Unlike the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- and
+ environment,
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
- In the
+ shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
+ Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
\family sans
-Description
+Enumerate
\family default
- and
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The first level of an
\family sans
-List
+Enumerate
\family default
- environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
- We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
- some general features of all four of them.
+ uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
+ increases.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the third level
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the second level.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
- in several ways.
- First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
- Hitting
+Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
\family sans
-Return
+Enumerate
\family default
- does
+ environment.
+ It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
\emph on
-not
+Extended Features
\emph default
- reset the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
- The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
- If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
- you should use
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
- to break paragraphs.
+ manual).
+ As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
+ not in LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
- In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
- is nested.
- If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
- you read all of section
+There is more to nesting
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments than we've stated here.
+ You should read section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:nest"
\end_inset
-.
-
+ to learn more about nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-Itemize
+Description
\family default
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lists ! Itemize"
+name "Lists ! Description"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:itemize"
+name "sec:descrlist"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+Unlike the previous two environments, the
\family sans
-Itemize
+Description
\family default
- paragraph environment.
- It has the following properties:
-\end_layout
+ list has no fixed label.
+ Instead, LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the first line as the label.
+ Here's an example:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
+\begin_layout Description
+Example: This is an example of the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
+ rest of the line.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The items can have any length.
- LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
- The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ it is meant that the first hit of the
\family sans
-Itemize
+Space
\family default
- list may be in.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you nest an
+ key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
+ item.
+ If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
\family sans
-Itemize
+Protected Blank
\family default
- environment inside another
+.
+ (Use either
\family sans
-Itemize
+C-Space
\family default
- environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
-\end_layout
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+, see section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Itemize
-See section
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:nest"
+reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
\end_inset
- for a full explanation of nesting.
+ for more info.) Here is an example:
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
+\begin_layout Description
+Second\InsetSpace ~
+Example: This one shows how to use a
\family sans
-Itemize
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Blank
\family default
- list.
- The
+ in the label of a
\family sans
-Itemize
+Description
\family default
- environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
+ list item.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
- Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
- Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The label for the first level
+\begin_layout Description
+Usage: You should use the
\family sans
-Itemize
+Description
\family default
- is a large black dot, or bullet.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The label for the second level is a dash.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The label for the third is an asterisk.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Back out to the third level.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Back to the second level.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Back to the outermost level.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These are the default labels for an
+ environment for things like definitions and theorems.
+ Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
+ that describes it.
+ It's not a good idea to use a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
+ You're better off using
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
- list.
- You can customize these labels in the
+ or
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Enumerate
\family default
- dialog in the submenu
+ and nesting several
\family sans
-Bullets
+Standard
\family default
-.
+ paragraphs into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
- We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
- in section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:nest"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Nesting: You can nest
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
+ them from the first line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+The LyX
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lists ! Enumerate"
+name "Lists ! LyX list"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:enumerate"
+name "sec:lyxlist"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
- environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
- It has these properties:
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Each item has a numeral as its label.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Like the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
+ There are the following properties of this list environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+item\InsetSpace ~
+labels LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of each line as the item label.
+ The first
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
+ If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
+ blank as described above.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
+ the body of the item text.
+ The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
+ label width plus a little extra space.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Each new
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+label\InsetSpace ~
+width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
+ is larger.
+ If the label width is larger, the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+extends
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ into the first line.
+ In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
+ margin of the rest of the item text.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+default\InsetSpace ~
+width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
+ of all items in a
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
- environment resets the counter to one.
-\end_layout
+ environment have the same left margin.
+\newline
+To change the default width, select
+ all items in the list.
+ Now open the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ The text in the box
+\family sans
+Longest\InsetSpace ~
+label
+\family default
+ determines the default label width.
+ You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
+ letter
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Like the
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ multiple times instead.
+ The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
+ By using
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
\family sans
-Itemize
+Longest\InsetSpace ~
+label
\family default
- environment, the
+ every time you alter a label in a
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
+ environment.
+\newline
+The predefined default width is the length of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
- Items can have any length.
-\end_layout
+00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
-\end_layout
+ (equal to 6 M).
+
+\newline
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
+ only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the
+You should use the
\family sans
-Itemize
+List
\family default
- environment,
+ environment the same way like the
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Description
\family default
- shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
- Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
+ list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
+ it.
+ The
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
-:
+ environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
+ layout.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The first level of an
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can nest
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
- uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
-\end_layout
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+ They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
+ Read section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:nest"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
+ to learn about nesting.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
- increases.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is yet another feature of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
+ labels by default.
+ You can use additional
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ to change how LyX justifies the item label.
+ We'll document
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ later in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back to the third level
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back to the second level.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back to the outermost level.
+.
+ Here are some examples:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Left The default for
\family sans
-Enumerate
+List
\family default
- environment.
- It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
-\emph on
-Extended Features
-\emph default
- manual).
- As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
- not in LyX.
+ item labels.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is more to nesting
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\hfill
+Right One
\family sans
-Enumerate
+HFill
\family default
- environments than we've stated here.
- You should read section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:nest"
-
-\end_inset
-
- to learn more about nesting.
+ at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\hfill
+Center
+\hfill
+ One
\family sans
-Description
+HFill
\family default
+ at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lists ! Description"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:descrlist"
+name "Letters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unlike the previous two environments, the
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
\family sans
-Description
+Address
\family default
- list has no fixed label.
- Instead, LyX uses the first
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-word
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of the first line as the label.
- Here's an example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Example: This is an example of the
+ and
\family sans
-Description
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- environment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
- rest of the line.
+: An Overview
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-uses the first 'word'
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Space
+Address
\family default
- key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
- Inside of a
+ and
\family sans
-Description
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- environment, the
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Space
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- key tells LyX to end the label if we are at the beginning of the first
- line of an item.
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
- of a
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
- environment? Simple: use a
+Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
-Protected Blank
+Address
\family default
-.
- (Use either
+ and
\family sans
-C-Space
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- or the menu
+ for letters only.
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Fotrmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Protected\InsetSpace ~
-Space
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
-.
- See sec.
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:adress_usage"
\end_inset
- for more info.) Here is an example:
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Second\InsetSpace ~
-Example: This one shows how to use a
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Protected\InsetSpace ~
-Blank
+Address
\family default
- in the label of a
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
\family sans
-Description
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- list item.
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Usage: You should use the
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
- environment for things like definitions and theorems.
- Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
- that describes it.
- It's not a good idea to use a
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\newline
+Who I am
+\newline
+Where I am
+\newline
+When is it? What is today?
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
\family sans
-Description
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
\family default
- environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
- You're better off using
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
\family sans
-Itemize
+Address
\family default
- or
+ environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\newline
+Where do I send this
+\newline
+Your post office and country
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, both
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Address
\family default
- and nesting several
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
- paragraphs into them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Nesting: You can nest
+.
+ This makes sense, since
\family sans
-Description
+Return
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting\InsetSpace ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
- them from the first line.
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The LyX
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Lists ! LyX list"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:lyxlist"
+name "Abstracts"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-List
+Abstract
\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Like the
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
\family sans
-Description
+Abstract
\family default
- environment the
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+ The
\family sans
-List
+Abstract
\family default
- environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
- There are the properties of this list environment:
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-item\InsetSpace ~
-labels LyX uses the first
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-word
+Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of each line as the item label.
- The first
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
\family sans
-Space
+Return
\family default
- after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
- If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
- blank as described above.
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
- the body of the item text.
- The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
- label width plus a little extra space.
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-label\InsetSpace ~
-width LyX uses one of two things for the left margin: the width of
- the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
- If the label width is larger, the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+ lyxscale 25
-extends
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- into the first line.
- In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
- margin of the rest of the item text.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-default\InsetSpace ~
-width You can very easily set this default width.
- So you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment have the same left margin.
-\newline
-To change the default width, select
- the items in the list.
- You can also simply move the cursor into a
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- item if you want to change only its label width.
- Now open the tab
-\family sans
-Lines\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Pagebreaks
-\family default
- of the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Settings
-\family default
-.
- The text in the box
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragraph in the
\family sans
-Longest\InsetSpace ~
-label
+Abstract
\family default
- determines the default label width.
- You can use the text of your largest label here, but you don't need to.
- We recommend using the letter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ environment
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-M
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- multiple times.
- It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
- The default label width in the example
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
\family sans
-List
+Abstract
\family default
- is 6
+ environment, but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-M
+book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-s wide.
- Using
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-M
+abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as your unit of width in the
-\family sans
-Label\InsetSpace ~
-Width
-\family default
- box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
- of
-\family sans
-Longest\InsetSpace ~
-label
-\family default
- every time you alter a label in a
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment.
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-uses You should use the
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
\family sans
-List
+Bibliography
\family default
- environment the same way you'd use the
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:biblio_environment"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Description
+Bibliography
\family default
- list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
- it.
- The
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
\family sans
-List
+Bibliography
\family default
- environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
- layout.
+ in anything else or vice versa won't work.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-nesting You can nest
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
\family sans
-List
+Bibliography
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
- They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
- Read section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:nest"
+ environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to learn about nesting.
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
-\end_layout
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's yet another feature of the
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
\family sans
-List
+Bibliography
\family default
- environment we need to tell you about.
- As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
- You can use additional
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
\family sans
-HFills
+Return
\family default
- to change how LyX justifies the item label.
- We'll document
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
\family sans
-HFills
+Bibliography
\family default
- later in section
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
.
- Here are some examples:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Left The default for
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- item labels.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\hfill
-Right One
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
-\end_layout
+-Code
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\hfill
-Center
-\hfill
- One
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
- at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Letters"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Address
+LyX-Code
\family default
- and
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+Space
\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
+In the
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+LyX-Code
\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
+ environment, the
\family sans
-Address
+Space
\family default
- and
+ key is treated as a
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Blank
\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
+\end_inset
+
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
\family sans
-Address
+C-Return
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
\family default
- for letters only.
+ function).
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+Return
\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:adress_usage"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
\family sans
-Address
+Return
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+LyX-Code
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+ environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\newline
-Who I am
-\newline
-Where I am
-\newline
-When is it? What is today?
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+C-Return
\family default
-.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
+ you can't follow
\family sans
-Address
+Return
\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\newline
-Where do I send this
-\newline
-Your post office and country
+ with a
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
\family sans
-Address
+C-Return
\family default
- and
+ with a
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+Space
\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
\family sans
Return
\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
\family sans
-Standard
+Space
\family default
.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
\family sans
-C-Return
+C-Space
\family default
- or
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
\family sans
-Formatting\InsetSpace ~
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line\InsetSpace ~
-Break
+Space
\family default
- from the
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
\family sans
-Insert
+"
\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
+ since that will insert
+\emph on
+real
+\emph default
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
\family sans
-Address
+C-"
\family default
- or
+ (or
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
+C-q
\family default
- environment.
+ if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Abstracts"
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
+This is just the standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Abstract
+Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+ program.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
+
\family sans
-Abstract
+LyX-Code
\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
- lyxscale 25
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph environments|)"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nesting ! Environments"
\end_inset
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:nest"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- If you've never heard of an
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-abstract
+attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+ to item #2:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+one
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:biblio_environment"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+two
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist - item #1
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist - item #2
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
-Bibliography
+Increase\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
+ or
\family sans
-Bibliography
+Decrease\InsetSpace ~
+List\InsetSpace ~
+Depth
\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
+ from the
\family sans
-Bibliography
+Edit
\family default
- environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
+ or the convenient key bindings
\family sans
-Return
+S-M-Right
\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
+ and
\family sans
-Bibliography
+S-M-Left
\family default
- environment.
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
+ other things inside of them.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Part
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+Section
\family default
- environment, the
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
+Subsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Protected\InsetSpace ~
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
+Subsubsection
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
+Paragraph
\family default
- function).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
+Part*
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot use
+
\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
- you can't follow
+Section*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
+Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
-).
+Subsubsection*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
+
\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
- with a
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+Abstract
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
+
\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+Title
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+Author
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
+
\family sans
-C-Space
-\family default
- instead.
+Date
\end_layout
\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully\InsetSpace ~
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
+
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+Verse
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
-\emph on
-real
-\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\family sans
-C-"
-\family default
- (or
+
\family sans
-C-q
-\family default
- if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
+Quote
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
+\family sans
+Quotation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
+\family sans
+Itemize
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+List
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\end_layout
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
- program.
-
+\family sans
+Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Paragraph environments|)"
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Address
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
+
+\family sans
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+Floats
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Nesting ! Environments"
+name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:nest"
+name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to item #2:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist - item #1
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist - item #2
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase\InsetSpace ~
-List\InsetSpace ~
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease\InsetSpace ~
-List\InsetSpace ~
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If you put a figure or a table in a
\family sans
-Edit
+Float
\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
+, this is no longer true.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-S-M-Right
-\family default
- and
+ for more informations about
\family sans
-S-M-Left
+Floats
\family default
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
+ it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
-\end_layout
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
-\end_layout
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
+ into it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
- other things inside of them.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Part
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Chapter
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Section
-\family default
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Subsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\family sans
-Subsubsection
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Paragraph
-\family default
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subparagraph
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Part*
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Chapter*
+\begin_layout Standard
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Section*
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Author
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Fully\InsetSpace ~
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quote
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-List
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
- You can't nest anything into them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Caption
-\family default
- environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
-
-\family sans
-Table\InsetSpace ~
-Floats
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Figure\InsetSpace ~
-Floats
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-equations
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-figures
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-(Note: If you put a figure or a table in a
-\family sans
-Float
-\family default
-, this is no longer true.
- Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Floats"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for more informations about
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
-.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-paragraph
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of its own, it behaves just like a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-nestable-inside
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- paragraph environment.
- You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
- into it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example with a table:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside (a).
+ The table is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- nested inside (a).
- In fact, it's not nested at all.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
- item of a new list!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
- deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #3.
Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
- numeral as the label.
- Why?
+ numeral as the label.Why?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Standard
\family default
.
- As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
+ As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
LyX uses for the
\family sans
Enumerate
Here comes a table:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+one-fish
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+two-fish
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+red-fish
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+blue-fish
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Verse
+(
+\family sans
+M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
+\family default
+ 3 times,
+\family sans
+M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
+\family default
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Enumerate
+\family default
+: level #1) This is another item.
+ Note that selecting a
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
+ 3 times to put the table inside the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We're now ending the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ list and changing to
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+.
+ We're still at level #1.
+ We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
+ The next set of paragraphs is a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+quoted letter.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ We'll nest both the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environments inside of this one, then use another nested
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ for the letter body.
+ We'll use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to preserve the depth.
+ Remember that you need to use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ to create multiple lines inside the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environments.
+ Here it goes:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Right Address
+1234 Nowhere Rd.
+\newline
+Moosegroin, MT 00100
+\newline
+9-6-96
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Address
+Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Fizlewitz:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
+ Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
+ a backlog in our orders for methane.
+ We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
+ as soon as possible.
+ In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We do, however, now have a special on beef.
+ If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
+ with your order, along with payment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We thank you again for your patience.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Address
+Sincerely,
+\newline
+Bill Hick
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Quotation
+That ends that example!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
+ just a few keystrokes.
+ We could have easily nested an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list inside of a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+, or put a
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ inside of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
+ in a uniform fashion.
+ An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
+ the remaining space between the left and right margins.
+ If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
+ equally between themselves.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+HFill
+\family roman
+s
+\family default
+ can be inserted with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\InsetSpace ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal Fill
+\family default
+.
+ Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+This is on the left side
+\hfill
+This is on the right
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+Middle
+\hfill
+Right
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+1/3 Left
+\hfill
+
+\hfill
+Right
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was an example in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Here
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+is one in a standard paragraph.
+ It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ sitting in-between the two arrows.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
+ Here's an example with the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+one
+\hfill
+two :three
+\hfill
+four
+\hfill
+five
+\hfill
+six
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ marks the beginning of the item.
+ (There is actually a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+hidden
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ HFill inside of the label of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
+ similarly in other
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+multi-margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ situations, like two-column mode.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
+ This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
+ If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hspace*{
+\backslash
+fill}
+\series default
+ in ERT.
+ (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Other space variants
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Other-space-variants"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
+ you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
+ LyX.
+ So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Defined space
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
+ This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hspace
+\series default
+ in
+\family sans
+ERT
+\family default
+.
+ For example the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hspace{2cm}
+\series default
+ produces 2
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+cm space within the following line:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+hspace{2cm}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+ 2
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+cm space between the arrows.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Paragraph
+Phantom space
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
+ E.g.
+ you want to create the following multiple choice question:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+What is correct English?:
+\newline
+
+\newline
+Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Edge would have been jumps the gun.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+has to be jumped
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+jumps
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Mr.\InsetSpace ~
+Edge\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+phantom
+\series default
+ in ERT.
+ In our case write the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\backslash
+phantom{Mr.
+ Edge }
+\series default
+ (note the space after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+Edge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-one-fish
-\end_layout
+) at the beginning of the last two lines.
+ The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
+ That is why it is named
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+phantom
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+There exists also the commands
+\backslash
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-two-fish
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+hphantom
+\series default
+ and
+\backslash
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+vphantom
+\series default
+, but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
+ If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-red-fish
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-blue-fish
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Vertical Space
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:vertspace"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Verse
-(
-\family sans
-M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
-\family default
- 3 times,
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
\family sans
-M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Vertical\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-)
+ dialog.
+ There you find the following sizes:
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-(
-\family sans
-Return, Enumerate
-\family default
-: level #1) This is another item.
- Note that selecting a
-\family sans
-Table
-\family default
- resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
- 3 times to put the table inside the
-\family sans
-Verse
-\family default
- environment.
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We're now ending the
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- list and changing to
\family sans
-Quotation
+SmallSkip
\family default
-.
- We're still at level #1.
- We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
- The next set of paragraphs is a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-quoted letter.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- We'll nest both the
+,
\family sans
-Address
+MedSkip
\family default
and
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
-\family default
- environments inside of this one, then use another nested
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- for the letter body.
- We'll use
-\family sans
-M-Return
-\family default
- to preserve the depth.
- Remember that you need to use
-\family sans
-C-Return
+BigSkip
\family default
- to create multiple lines inside the
+ are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
+
\family sans
-Address
+DefSkip
\family default
- and
+ is the skip adjusted in the dialog
\family sans
-Right\InsetSpace ~
-Address
-\family default
- environments.
- Here it goes:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Right Address
-1234 Nowhere Rd.
-\newline
-Moosegroin, MT 00100
-\newline
-9-6-96
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
-Fizlewitz:
-\end_layout
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
- Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
- a backlog in our orders for methane.
- We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
- as soon as possible.
- In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We do, however, now have a special on beef.
- If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
- with your order, along with payment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We thank you again for your patience.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Sincerely,
-\newline
-Bill Hick
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Quotation
-That ends that example!
+\family default
+ for the paragraph separation.
+ If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
+\family sans
+DefSkip
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+MedSkip
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
- just a few keystrokes.
- We could have easily nested an
+
\family sans
-Itemize
+VFill
\family default
- list inside of a
+ is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
+ An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
+ between them.
+ Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
+ one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
+
\family sans
-Quotation
+VFill
\family default
- or
+s work like
\family sans
-Quote
+HFill
\family default
-, or put a
+s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Quote
+HFill
\family default
- inside of an
+s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ If there are several
\family sans
-Itemize
+VFill
\family default
- list.
- You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
+s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+ You can therefore use
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Spacing, pagination and line breaks
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Horizontal Space
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+\family sans
+Custom
+\family default
+ are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+
+\series medium
+When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+ a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
+Protect
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
- in a uniform fashion.
- An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
- the remaining space between the left and right margins.
- If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
- equally between themselves.
-
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Alignment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-HFill
-\family roman
-s
-\family default
- can be inserted with
+You can change the paragraph alignment with the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\InsetSpace ~
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Horizontal Fill
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph Settings
\family default
-.
- Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+ dialog.
+ There are four possibilities:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-This is on the left side
-\hfill
-This is on the right
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Justified
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
Left
-\hfill
-Middle
-\hfill
-Right
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Left
-\hfill
-1/3 Left
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\hfill
+\family sans
Right
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was an example in the
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- environment.
- Here
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Center
+\end_layout
-is one in a standard paragraph.
- It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- sitting in-between the two arrows.
+\begin_layout Standard
+The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
+ spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
+ the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
- Here's an example with the
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment.
+\align right
+This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-one
-\hfill
-two :three
-\hfill
-four
-\hfill
-five
-\hfill
-six
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+this one is centered,
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\align left
+this one is left aligned.
+\end_layout
-:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Pagebreaks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:pagebreak"
- marks the beginning of the item.
- (There is actually a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-hidden
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- HFill inside of the label of the
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
+ can force a pagebreak where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
+ Only if you use many
\family sans
-List
+Floats
\family default
- environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
- similarly in other
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-multi-margin
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- situations, like two-column mode.
+, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note: if an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
+We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
+ until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
-not
+really
\emph default
- in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
- This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
- If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
-
+ have to change the pagebreaking.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
+ action.
+ This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+.
+ The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
+ that it fills out the complete page.
+ This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
+ on which only the last few lines are absent.
+ This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
-hspace*{
-\backslash
-fill}
+pagebreak[number]
\series default
- in ERT.
- ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+ in ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:ERT"
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Other space variants
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Other-space-variants"
-
\end_inset
+.
+ The number can vary between 0 and 4.
+ If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+normally one uses simply
+\series bold
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\series default
+ without a number
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
- you have to use ERT, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+.
+ The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
+ concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
+ at the top of a page.
+ This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+ LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
+ having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ See chapter
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ERT"
+reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
+ to learn more about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
.
- That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
- LyX.
- So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Defined space
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Linebreaks
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
- This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
+Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
+ breaks the line.
+ You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line\InsetSpace ~
+Break
+\family default
+ or with
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
+ The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
+ whole space between the page margins.
+ This is necessary to avoid
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+fringes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
+ This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
+d
\series bold
\backslash
-hspace
+linebreak[number]
\series default
in
\family sans
ERT
\family default
.
- For example the command
+ The syntax is similar tho the command
\series bold
\backslash
-hspace{2cm}
+pagebreak
\series default
- produces 2
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-cm space within the following line:
+, described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
+ LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
+ set a linebreak, e.g.
+ in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-hspace{2cm}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:quote"
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Verse"
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- 2
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-cm space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-
+ and
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "sec:adress_usage"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Paragraph
-Phantom space
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
- E.g.
- you want to create the following multiple choice question:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Protected Blanks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Protected-blanks"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-What is correct English?:
-\newline
-
-\newline
-Mr.\InsetSpace ~
-Edge would have been jumps the gun.
-\newline
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-phantom{Mr.
- Edge }
+The
+\family sans
+protected\InsetSpace ~
+blank
+\family default
+ is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-has to be jumped
+\begin_layout Quote
+More information is given in section
\newline
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-phantom{Mr.
- Edge }
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:quote"
-jumps
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-
+.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
+Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Mr.\InsetSpace ~
-Edge\InsetSpace ~
-
+section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-phantom
-\series default
- in ERT.
- In our case write the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-phantom{Mr.
- Edge }
-\series default
- (note the space after
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Edge
+2.2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) at the beginning of the last two lines.
- The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
- That is why it is named
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+ A protected blank is inserted with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Space
+\family default
+ or with
+\family sans
+C-Space.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Lines
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-phantom
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-There exists also the commands
-\backslash
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Horizontal lines"
-\series bold
-hphantom
-\series default
- and
-\backslash
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-vphantom
-\series default
-, but this too special for the LyX userguide.
- If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\lyxline
+In the dialog
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
+Line
+\family default
+ you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
+ width.
+\lyxline
-.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Vertical Space
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:vertspace"
+Font Types
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Font ! Types"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- There you find the following sizes:
+There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+Vector\InsetSpace ~
+fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Fonts ! Vector-"
-\family sans
-SmallSkip
+\end_inset
+
+ are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
+ characters) in the font.
+ This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
+ well suited for scaling to any requested size.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
+ curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
+ Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
+ very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
+ provide a good image.
+\newline
+One could mean that one only needs to define one font
+ size and scale them.
+ But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
+ That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
+ sizes than at small ones.
+\newline
+The font types
+\family typewriter
+TrueType
\family default
,
-\family sans
-MedSkip
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-BigSkip
-\family default
- are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
-
-\family sans
-DefSkip
-\family default
- is the skip adjusted in the dialog
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- for the paragraph separation.
- If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
-\family sans
-DefSkip
+\family typewriter
+OpenType
\family default
- is equal to
-\family sans
-MedSkip
+, and
+\family typewriter
+Type\InsetSpace ~
+1 PostScript
\family default
-.
+ are vector fonts.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
+fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
- is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
- An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
- between them.
- Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
- one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
+\end_inset
+
+ on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
+ will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
+ However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
+ pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
+ It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
+ picture manipulation program.
+ In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
+ several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
+ or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
+ The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
+ to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
+ fonts.
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
+ to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
+\newline
+Bitmap fonts are named
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s work like
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
- If there are several
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
- You can therefore use
-\family sans
-VFill
+\family typewriter
+Type\InsetSpace ~
+3
\family default
-s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
+ in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
+ are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+ So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
+ scalable fonts.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\begin_layout Standard
+To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
+ its document properties.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
+ specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
+ font to emphasize text, you use an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+emphasized style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
- only added if you have also checked the option
-\family sans
-Keep\InsetSpace ~
-space
-\family default
- in the dialog
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
-.
+ instead.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
+ In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+ details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Paragraph Alignment
-\end_layout
+Document Font and Font size
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Document-Font"
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the paragraph alignment with the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are four possibilities:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Justified
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Font ! Size"
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Left
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Font"
-\family sans
-Right
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Center
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
- spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
- the left and right margins.
- The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
-\end_layout
+You can set the document fonts in the
+\family sans
+ Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align right
-This paragraph is right aligned,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog.
+ There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
+ font shapes Roman,
+\family sans
+Sans\InsetSpace ~
+Serif
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
+\family default
+ and its scalings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-this one is centered,
-\end_layout
+The possible options for the font include
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+ and a list of fonts available on your system.
+
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+ uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align left
-this one is left aligned.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Pagebreaks
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:pagebreak"
+\family typewriter
+Computer Modern
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
- can force a pagebreak where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
- Only if you use many
-\family sans
-Floats
+\family typewriter
+European Computer Modern
\family default
-, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
- until you have checked in the preview to see if you
-\emph on
-really
-\emph default
- have to change the pagebreaking.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
- action.
- This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
+As
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
-.
- The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
- that it fills out the complete page.
- This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
- on which only the last few lines are absent.
- This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
- command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-pagebreak[number]
-\series default
- in ERT
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+ are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
+ you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ERT"
+This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+\family typewriter
+Adobe\InsetSpace ~
+Reader
+\family default
+ version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
+ renderer.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ There are three ways to use one:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+One way is to use the
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ fonts.
+
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ is a virtual font.
+ Virtual means that it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- The number can vary between 0 and 4.
- If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
+steals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ outline
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+-glyphs from other fonts.
+ This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
+ guillemets (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+«
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+»
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-normally one uses simply
+Loading the LaTeX-package
\series bold
+aeguill
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-pagebreak
\series default
- without a number
+ with the document preamble line
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
- The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
- concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
- at the top of a page.
- This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
- LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
- appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
- having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
- See chapter
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+will fix the guillemet problem.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- to learn more about
-\family sans
-Floats
+ and that accented characters are not
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ glyph, they are build of
+\emph on
+two
+\emph default
+ characters, the accent and the letter.
+ Therefore you can't search in documents using the
+\family typewriter
+AE
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ fonts for words with accented characters.
+ If you search for example for the French word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Linebreaks
-\end_layout
+rève
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
- breaks the line.
- You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line\InsetSpace ~
-Break
-\family default
- or with
-\family sans
-C-Return
-\family default
-.
- The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
- whole space between the page margins.
- This is necessary to avoid
+ in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
+ the glyph
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-fringes
+ è
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
- This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
-d
-\series bold
+ and not for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ e +
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-linebreak[number]
-\series default
- in
-\family sans
-ERT
-\family default
-.
- The syntax is similar tho the command
-\series bold
\backslash
-pagebreak
-\series default
-, described in the previous section.
+`{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
- LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
- set a linebreak, e.g.
- in a poem or for an address (see sections
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:quote"
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Verse"
+.
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LaTeX command
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+`
+\series default
+ produces a grave.
+ The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
+ to be accented with the grave.
+\newline
+More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
- and
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:adress_usage"
+reference "sec:ERT"
\end_inset
-).
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Protected Blanks
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Protected-blanks"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Other fonts, like
+\family typewriter
+Latin Modern
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+Computer Modern
+\family default
+, consists of these three main font types
\family sans
-protected\InsetSpace ~
-blank
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
\family default
- is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-More information is given in section
-\newline
-2.2.
-
+,
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+serif
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-section
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+:
+\family sans
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
+\family default
+ as roman font,
+\family sans
+ Helvetica
+\family default
+ scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% as sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif font, and
+\family sans
+courier
+\family default
+ as typewriter font.
+\newline
+The differences between roman,
+\family sans
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-2.2
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- A protected blank is inserted with
+\newline
+The font
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Protected\InsetSpace ~
-Space
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
\family default
- or with
+ was originally designed for newspapers.
+ That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
+ into the small newspaper columns.
+ Therefore
\family sans
-C-Space.
+Times\InsetSpace ~
+Roman
+\family default
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Lines around Paragraphs
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Lines-around-Paragraphs"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The best solution is to use the
+\family typewriter
+Latin Modern
+\family default
+ fonts.
+ These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as default font.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
+For the font size there are four possible values:
+\family sans
+default, 10
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ The size of
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+ depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The font sizes are the
+\emph on
+base size
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
+ footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog if needed.
+ The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\lyxline
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-vspace{-1
-\backslash
-parskip}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-In the dialog
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
- you can put lines above and below a paragraph, as this is done for this
- paragraph.
-\lyxline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fonts and Text Styles
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using Different Character Styles
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Character Styles"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Outline\InsetSpace ~
-fonts are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
- characters) in the font.
- This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
- well suited for scaling to any requested size.
- This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
- curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
- This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
- Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
- very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
- provide a good image.
-\newline
-One could mean that one only needs to define one font
- size and scale them.
- But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
- That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
- sizes than at small ones.
-\newline
-The font types
-\family typewriter
-TrueType
+\begin_layout Standard
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ LyX supports two character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-OpenType
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-Type\InsetSpace ~
-1 PostScript
+.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To activate the
+\family sans
+Noun
\family default
- are outline fonts.
+ style, do one of the following:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
-fonts on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start,
- so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
- However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
- pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
- It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
- picture manipulation program.
- In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
- several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
- or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
- The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
- to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
- fonts.
- The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
- to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
-\newline
-Bitmap fonts are named
-
-\family typewriter
-Type\InsetSpace ~
-3
-\family default
- in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
- are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
- So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
- That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
- scalable fonts.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+use the keybinding
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+c
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
- its document properties.
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
- For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font to emphasize text, you use an
+One typically uses the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-emphasized style
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
- This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
- In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
- details.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Document Font and Font size
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Font"
+\begin_layout Standard
+A more widely used character style is the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style.
+ You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style by:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+clicking on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+using the keybindings
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+e
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the default font in the
+Normally the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Emphasized
\family default
- dialog.
- The possible options for the font include
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
+es use a different font.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We've been using the
\family sans
-default
+Emphasized
\family default
- and a list of fonts available on your system.
- The option
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quotation
+
+\emph on
+Don't overuse character styles!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character style.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
\family sans
-default
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
- uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ or the dialog
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Text Style
\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-) or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Text Style"
+
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-European Computer Modern
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-).
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As
-\family typewriter
-cm
+There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
+ gives you a way to create custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+\newline
+Documents that overuse
+ different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
+ has knocked huge holes in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use custom character styles, open the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-ec
+ dialog.
+ There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property which you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
+\family sans
+No\InsetSpace ~
+change
\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeld in PDF output, especially when
- you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
- This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
-\family typewriter
-Acroread
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
+\family sans
+Reset
\family default
- in version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
- But to get rid of pixeld fonts generally, you have to use an outline font.
- We will show you three possibilities to use them:
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments in a snap.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-One way is to use the
-\family typewriter
-ae
-\family default
- font by choosing it in the
+\begin_layout Standard
+The font properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+No\InsetSpace ~
+change
\family default
- dialog.
-
-\family typewriter
-ae
+ and
+\family sans
+Reset
\family default
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Almost European
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+) are:
+\end_layout
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
+\family sans
+Family
\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
+ The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-«
+overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
+\end_layout
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Loading the LaTeX-package
-\family typewriter
-aeguill
+\family sans
+Roman
\family default
- with the document preamble line
-\end_layout
+ This is the Roman font family.
+ Normally a serif font.
+ It's also the default family.
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-will fix the guillemet problem.
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- And accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, they are build of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you can't search in documents that are created with the
-\family typewriter
-ae
-\family default
- font for words with accented characters.
- E.g.
- if you search for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+r
+\family default
- e +
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-`{}
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
+)
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-The LaTeX command
-\series bold
+The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
+ It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\backslash
-`
-\series default
- produces a grave.
- The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
- to be accented with the grave.
-\newline
-More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
- in section
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ERT"
+reference "sub:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- Note, that this problem appears only in the output, because LyX's screen
- fonts are different from the one in the output, see the last paragraph
- in this section.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Other fonts, like
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-, consists of these three main font types
\family sans
-sans\InsetSpace ~
-serif
+Sans\InsetSpace ~
+Serif
\family default
-,
+
\family sans
-typewriter
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
+
\family default
-, and
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-serif
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+s
\family default
-.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-:
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-helvetica
+Typewriter
\family default
- as sans serif font (package
+
\family typewriter
-helvet
+This is the Typewriter font family.
+
\family default
-),
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-courier
-\family default
- for typewriter (package
-\family typewriter
-courier
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+p
\family default
-), and
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-times
-\family default
- as serif font (package
-\family typewriter
-mathptmx
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Series
\family default
-).
- They are loaded in the document preamble (menu
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Medium
\family default
-) with the following lines:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+
\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
+
+\series default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\newline
\backslash
-usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
-\newline
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-usepackage{mathptmx}
-\newline
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-usepackage{courier}
-\series default
+}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\newline
-You also have to use
\family sans
-default
+Shape
\family default
- as font in the
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Upright
\family default
- dialog.
-\newline
-The differences between
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-sans\InsetSpace ~
-serif
+Italic
\family default
-,
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\shape default
+
\family sans
-typewriter
+\shape italic
+i
\family default
- and
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-serif
+Slanted
\family default
- fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\shape default
+ (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-.
-\newline
-The font
\family sans
-times
+Small\InsetSpace ~
+Caps
\family default
- was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
- into the small newspaper columns.
- So
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-times
+Size
\family default
- is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
+nal to the document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+ The options are:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The best solution is to use the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
+\family sans
+Tiny
\family default
+
+\size tiny
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
-) font.
- This font is developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- as default font.
- To use the font, use
-\family sans
-default
-\family default
- as font in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog and add the following line to the document preamble:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\newline
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
\backslash
-usepackage{lmodern}
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The document font size is adjusted in the dialog
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-.
- There are four possible values:
-\family sans
-default, 10
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-11
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-12
-\family default
-.
- The size of
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-default
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+t
\family default
- depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-The font sizes are the
-\emph on
-base size
-\emph default
-.
- LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
- footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
- You can always fine-tune the font size of text parts from within the document
- if you need to.
- The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that when you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- change the screen font.
- You'll only see a difference in the printed output.
- This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+1
\family default
- dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
- certain paragraph environments.
- LyX supports two character styles,
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- and
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Noun
+Smallest
\family default
+
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Smallest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size
+\size default
.
- You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
- toolbar.
-\end_layout
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-To activate the
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style, do one of the following:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-use the keybinding
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-c
-\end_layout
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-These commands are all toggles.
- That is, if
-\family sans
-Noun
\family default
- style is already active, they deactivate it.
-\end_layout
+2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-One typically uses the
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Noun
+Smaller
\family default
- style for proper names.
- For example:
+
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\noun default
- is the original author of LyX.
+Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\end_layout
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style.
- You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style by:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
-
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-using the keybindings
-\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-e
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally the
\family sans
-Emphasized
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+S
\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-We've been using the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style all over the place in this document.
- Here's one more example:
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Quotation
+\end_inset
-\emph on
-Don't overuse character styles!
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-It's also a warning in addition to an example.
- One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
- Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character style.
-
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
-\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-Space
-\family default
- or the dialog
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-Style
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
-.
+3
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Text Style
+Small
\family default
- dialog
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\size small
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ font size.
-\end_layout
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
- gives you a way to create custom character style.
- For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
- requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
- Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
- from ordinary dialogue.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
-\newline
-Documents that overuse
- different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone's
- knocked huge holes in it.
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-Style
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property which you can choose.
- You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
-\family sans
-No\InsetSpace ~
-change
-\family default
-, which keeps the current state of that property.
- The item
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Reset
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+s
\family default
- will reset the property to whatever is the default.
- You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
- environments in a snap.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
-\family sans
-No\InsetSpace ~
-change
-\family default
- and
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Reset
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
-) are:
+4
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Family
+Normal
\family default
- The
+ This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-overall look
+Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the font.
- The possible options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Roman
-\family default
- This is the Roman font family.
- Normally a serif font.
- It's also the default family.
+ font size.
+ It's also the default size.
(keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-r
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+n
\family default
\begin_inset ERT
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Note Note
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-The LaTeX-command prevents text to be breaked at the end of a line.
- It is explained in section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Hyphenation"
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
+\family default
+5
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Sans\InsetSpace ~
-Serif
+Large
\family default
-\family sans
-This is the Sans Serif font family.
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family default
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+
+\size default
(keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-s
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+l
\family default
\begin_inset ERT
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-This is the Typewriter font family.
-
-\family default
- (keybinding
+ or
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-p
-\family default
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+\family default
+6
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
)
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Series
-\family default
- This corresponds to the print weight.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Medium
+Larger
\family default
- This is the Medium font series.
- It's also the default series.
-\end_layout
+
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bold
-\family default
-
-\series bold
-This is the Bold font series.
+ font size.
-\series default
+\size default
(keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-b
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+S-L
\family default
\begin_inset ERT
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Shape
-\family default
- As the name implies.
- Options are:
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+
\family sans
-Upright
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
- This is the Upright font shape.
- It's also the default shape.
-\end_layout
+7
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Italic
-\family default
-
-\shape italic
-This
-\shape default
-
-\family sans
-\shape italic
-i
-\family default
-s the Italic font shape
-\shape default
-\emph on
-.
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Slanted
-\family default
-
-\shape slanted
-This is the Slanted font shape
-\shape default
- (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Small\InsetSpace ~
-Caps
+Largest
\family default
-\shape smallcaps
-This is the Small caps font shape
-\shape default
-\noun on
-.
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (keybinding
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+
\family sans
-Size
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+
\family default
- Alters the size of the font.
- You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
-nal to the document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
- what you want to do.
- The options are:
+8
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Tiny
+Huge
\family default
-\size tiny
+\size huge
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Tiny
+Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family sans
M-s\InsetSpace ~
-t
+h
\family default
\begin_inset ERT
\family sans
M-s\InsetSpace ~
-1
-\family default
+\family default
+9
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Smallest
+Huger
\family default
-\size scriptsize
+\size giant
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Smallest
+Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size
+ font size.
+
\size default
-.
(keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
+\family sans
+M-s\InsetSpace ~
+H
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+mbox{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
M-s\InsetSpace ~
\family default
-2
+0
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
)
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'll warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ - use that instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Smaller
+Misc
+\family default
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Emph
\family default
-\size footnotesize
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+ This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ Emphasized is a
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+ attribute.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
+ text.
+ Normally this font is equal to italic.
+\end_layout
-Smaller
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- font size.
+\family sans
+Underbar
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
-\size default
+\bar default
(keybinding
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-S
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+u
\family default
\begin_inset ERT
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+)
+\newline
-\backslash
-mbox{
+\family default
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
+ when you couldn't change fonts.
+ We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ It's only included in LyX because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
+\noun default
+ Like
+\family sans
+Emph
\family default
-3
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ Normally it's equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small\InsetSpace ~
+Caps
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Color
+\family default
+ You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
+ Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No\InsetSpace ~
+color
+\family default
+, which is the default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+color
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
+ and means normally black, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Small
+Language
+\family default
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ (only within LyX).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+ Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog, the settings are saved.
+ You can activate them using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
+ when the dialog isn't visible.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\family sans
+M-c\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
-
-\size small
-This is the
+.
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Small
+slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
-
+ and the series to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+), set the
\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-s
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+all
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
+ switch and press
+\family sans
+Apply
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main
+ font types
+\family sans
+serif
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-
+Typewriter
\family default
-4
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
-\end_layout
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
+ font, that means every character has the same width, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Normal
-\family default
- This is the
+ is as wide as the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Normal
+m
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
- It's also the default size.
- (keybinding
+.
+ Here is an example
+\newline
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-mbox{
+phantom{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-n
-\family default
-
+no
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\family typewriter
+typewriter text
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family default
-5
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-)
+
+\newline
+no typewriter text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Large
+Serif
\family default
-
-\size large
-This is the
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Large
+appendices
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
+ The following example will show the difference:
+\newline
+text with serifs
+\newline
+\family sans
+text without serifs
+\family default
-\backslash
-mbox{
+\newline
+Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
+ They are therefore used as default font (named
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-l
+Sans serif
\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ don't use serifs.
+ This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Printing and Previewing
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
+Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
+ goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family default
-6
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
+LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
+ LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
+ LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Larger
+\family typewriter
+.tex
\family default
-
-\size larger
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mbox{
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file to produce printable output.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Output file formats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats"
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-S-L
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Output-file-formats"
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+ASCII
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! ASCII"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-
+\family typewriter
+.txt
\family default
-7
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Largest
-\family default
-
-\size largest
-This is the
+.
+ It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Largest
+American Standard Code for Information Interchange
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ (ASCII).
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
+You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! LaTeX"
-\family default
-8
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Huge
+\family typewriter
+.tex
\family default
-
-\size huge
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font size.
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ your document.
+ If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
+ it manually with console commands.
+ The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
+ you view or export your document.
+\end_layout
-\size default
- (keybinding
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-h
+eX
\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+DVI
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! DVI"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+device-independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
+ (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
+ course.
+ DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
+ like PostScript.
+\end_layout
-\family default
-9
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-}
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-)
+This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
+ it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
+ So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to DVI by the menu
\family sans
-Huger
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
\family default
-
-\size giant
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
+.
+\end_layout
-\size default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PostScript
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! PostScript"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
-H
+\family typewriter
+.ps
\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+.
+ PostScript was developed by the company
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ as printer language.
+ The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
+ file.
+ PostScript can be seen as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+programming language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset ERT
+; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+pstricks
+\series default
-
-\backslash
-mbox{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-M-s\InsetSpace ~
+\end_inset
-\family default
-0
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+PostScript can only contain images in the format
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
-\emph on
-yet again
-\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
- You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- - use that instead.
- This is here for fine-tuning only!
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Misc
-\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
+).
+ As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
+ to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
+ whenever you view or export your document.
+ This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
+ EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
-Emph
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
\family default
-
-\emph on
-This is text with emphasize on
-\emph default
.
- This might seem like the same as
-\shape italic
-Italic
-\shape default
-, but it is actually a bit different.
- Emphasized is a
-\emph on
-logical
-\emph default
- attribute.
- That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
- text.
- Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PDF
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "File formats ! PDF"
-\family sans
-Underbar
-\family default
-
-\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+\end_inset
-\bar default
- (keybinding
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "PDF"
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mbox{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-u
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
\family default
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (PDF) is developed by
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ as derivative from PostScript.
+ It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
+ As the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
-\newline
+portable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
- We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- It's only included in LyX because some people
-\emph on
-may
-\emph default
- need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+ implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
+ looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
-
-\noun on
-This is text with Noun on.
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\noun default
- Like
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-, this is a logical attribute.
- Normally it's equivalent to
-\family sans
-Small\InsetSpace ~
-Caps
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Color
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
\family default
- You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
- Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
- Besides
-\family sans
-No\InsetSpace ~
-color
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
\family default
-, which is the default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-color
+Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and means normally black, you can choose between
-\family sans
-Black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-White
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Blue
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.png
\family default
-,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
+ in the background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
+ will slow down your workflow.
+ So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
-Cyan
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export
\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Magenta
+ in three different ways:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Yellow
+ that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
+ The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
- text.
+ which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ So this export variant consist of three conversions.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
+ PDF.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Language
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
- (only within LyX).
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+We recommend to use
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-Style
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
\family default
- dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them using the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
+ because
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
+ without problems.
+ The program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Previewing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Preview "
\end_inset
-.
- The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
- when the dialog isn't visible.
-
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
+ in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
\family sans
-M-c\InsetSpace ~
-Space
+View
\family default
-.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-slanted
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and the series to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ and choose a file type.
+ A viewing program will popup showing the output.
+ For
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ you can use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
-bold
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), set the
+ (shortcut
\family sans
-Toggle\InsetSpace ~
-all
+C-d
\family default
- switch and press
+), for
\family sans
-Apply
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
\family default
+ you can use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You should also know something about the differences between the three main
- font types
-\family sans
-serif
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-sans\InsetSpace ~
-serif
-\family default
-, and
+If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
+ viewer window using the menu
\family sans
-typewriter
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update
\family default
-:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+ directory.
+ To have a real output, export your document.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
- is a so called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the File from within LyX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printing-the-File"
-monospaced
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font, that means every character has the same width, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-i
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- is as wide as the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
+ it directly from within LyX.
+ To print a file, select the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Print
+\family default
+ or click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
-m
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Here is an example
-\newline
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ This file is then processed by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+\family typewriter
+Ghostscript
+\family default
+.
+ Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-phantom{
+You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
+ is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
+ printing one set to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-no
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-}
+You can set the parameters in the
+\family sans
+Print\InsetSpace ~
+Destination
+\family default
+ box as follows:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-typewriter text
+\family sans
+Printer
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
+ This is the name of the printer to print to
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-For more on phantoms see section
+Note that this printer name is for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-
-\newline
-no typewriter text
+.
+ The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Serif
+File
\family default
- fonts use characters with serifs.
- These are the small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be a PostScript file.
+ It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
+ path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+A few Words about Typography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography"
+
\end_inset
-appendices
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphens
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Hyphens"
+
\end_inset
- at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
- The following example will show the difference:
-\newline
-text with serifs
-\newline
-\family sans
-text without serifs
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:hyphens"
-\newline
-Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
- They are therefore used as default font (named
-\family sans
-roman
-\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Sans serif
-\family default
- don't use serifs.
- This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
- We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
-\end_layout
+In LyX, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Printing and Previewing
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Overview
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
- Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
- goes on behind-the-scenes.
- We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ character comes in three lengths, often called the
\emph on
-Extended Features
+hyphen
\emph default
- manual as well.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
- LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
- This happens in two stages:
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, and the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
+hyphen
+\hfill
+-
+\hfill
+made with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.tex
+-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- file to produce printable output.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Output file formats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats"
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+en dash
+\hfill
+--
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-ASCII
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats ! ASCII"
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+em dash
+\hfill
+---
+\hfill
+made with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.txt
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-American Standard Code for Information Interchange
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (ASCII).
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-ASCII
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats ! LaTeX"
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+/
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.tex
+-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
- your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+minus sign
+\hfill
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\hfill
+a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eX
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-DVI
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats ! DVI"
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
+ in math mode
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+You generate them by inserting the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.dvi
+-
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- It is called
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
+ final output, but not in LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
+ math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-device-independent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
- to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
- At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
- course.
- DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
- like PostScript.
+ in use:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-NOTE: The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
- So don't forget this, if you move your
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
-\family default
- file to another computer.
- This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+line- and page-breaks
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to DVI by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+From A--Z
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PostScript
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats ! PostScript"
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh --- there's a dash.
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphenation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Hyphenation"
+
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.ps
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyphenation"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- PostScript was developed by the company
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- as printer language.
- The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
- file.
- PostScript can be seen as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-programming language
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+babel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
+
\end_inset
-; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images
+
+\series default
+ following the rules of the document language
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
+For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-\family typewriter
-pstricks
+\family sans
+German
\family default
-.
+ and
+\family sans
+German\InsetSpace ~
+(new\InsetSpace ~
+spelling)
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript can only contain images in the format
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (EPS, file extension
+LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
+ font
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+ and with unusual constructs, like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
-
+h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
- whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
+.
+ If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ This is done with the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PostScript
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
+Point
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PDF
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "File formats ! PDF"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
+ The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
+ a hyphen and a space in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
-
+A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The
+ LaTeX finds there the hyphen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
+-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF) is developed by
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- as derivative from PostScript.
- It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
- As the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ as hyphenation possibility.
+ Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
+ of the LaTeX-box-command
+\series bold
-portable
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mbox
+\series default
+, because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
+ As LyX doesn't support
+\series bold
- implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
- looks exactly the same.
+\backslash
+mbox
+\series default
+, we have to use ERT.
+ The result looks in LyX like:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mbox.png
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Punctuation marks"
+
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:abbrev"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) and
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
+appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+.
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
+ the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
+ not for all cases.
+ If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-.png
+.
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
- in the background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
- So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PDF via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export
-\family default
- in three different ways:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ps2pdf
-\family default
- that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
- The PostScript-version is produced by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
- So this export variant consist of three conversions.
+Here are some examples of
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(dvipdfm) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
-\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+M.
+ Butterfly
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(pdflatex) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend to use
-\family sans
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- because
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
- without problems.
- The program
-\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
-\family default
- is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
+And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Previewing
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Document ! Preview "
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+ g.
+ this is too much space!
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
- in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- and choose a file type.
- A viewing program will popup showing the output.
- For
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use a
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+Protected\InsetSpace ~
+Blank
\family default
- you can use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
\end_inset
- (shortcut
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
\family sans
-C-d
+End\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+sentence
\family default
-), for
+ found under the
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(pdflatex)
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\InsetSpace ~
+Character
\family default
- you can use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
+ menu (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.\InsetSpace ~
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+this is too much space!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
+ LaTeX will care about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
- viewer window using the menu
+For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ check out the
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Check\InsetSpace ~
+TeX
\family default
+ feature described in
+\emph on
+Extended Editing
+\emph default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
- directory.
- To have a real output, export your document.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Quotes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Quotes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the File from within LyX
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+name "sec:quotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
- it directly from within LyX.
- To print a file, select the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
-\family default
- or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
- This file is then processed by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
-\family typewriter
-ghostscript
+ The keyboard character,
+\family sans
+"
\family default
-.
- Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
- is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
- printing one set to print on the other side.
- Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
- By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
- of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
+, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the parameters in the
+You can change the behavior of the
\family sans
-Print\InsetSpace ~
-Destination
+"
\family default
- box as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+ key using the submenu
\family sans
-Printer
+Language
+\family default
+ of the dialog
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- This is the name of the printer to print to
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that this printer name is for the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog.
+ Selecting the button
+\family sans
+Double
\family default
-.
- That means
-\family typewriter
-dvips
+ makes the
+\family sans
+"
\family default
- has to be configured for this printer name.
- The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
+ key produce the sequence:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
+ The button
+\family sans
+Single
+\family default
+, in contrast, makes the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produce:
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-.
- The printer should understand PostScript.
+'.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
\family sans
-File
+Type
\family default
- The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
- It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
- path.
+ option.
+ There are six choices:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-A few Words about Typography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Typography"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Hyphens"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:hyphens"
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+single
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
- character comes in three lengths, often called the
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-, and the
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-:
-\end_layout
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-hyphen
-\hfill
--
-\hfill
-made with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or 'this
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-en dash
-\hfill
---
-\hfill
-made with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-em dash
-\hfill
----
-\hfill
-made with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
--
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-/
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
--
-\family default
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-minus sign
-\hfill
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
-
-\hfill
-a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
- in math mode
-\end_layout
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You generate them by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These options affects what character the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produces.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
+ type
+\family sans
+C-"
+\family default
+.
+ This produces:
\family typewriter
--
+"
\family default
+ in any cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Ligatures"
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- character multiple times in a row.
- They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
- final output, but not in LyX.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
- Here are some examples of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
+
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:ligatures"
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- in use:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-line- and page-breaks
-\hfill
-(
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A--Z
-\hfill
-(
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
\emph on
-en dash
+ligatures
\emph default
-)
+.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
+ in the output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh --- there's a dash.
-\hfill
-(
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-)
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\hfill
-(
-\emph on
-minus sign
-\emph default
-)
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphenation
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Hyphenation"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphenation"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package babel following the rules of the
- document language
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-
-\family sans
-German
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-German\InsetSpace ~
-(new\InsetSpace ~
-spelling)
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
- font
-\family sans
-typewriter
-\family default
- and with unusual constructs, like
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or the German
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h3knix/m0n0wall
+Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
- This is done with the menu
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
-Point
-\family default
-.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
-\end_layout
+Ligature\InsetSpace ~
+Break.
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
- The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
- a hyphen and a space in the form
+\family default
+ This changes
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-A-b c
+cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- LaTeX finds there the hyphen
+ to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
- of the LaTeX-box-command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mbox
-\series default
-, because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
- As LyX doesn't support
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mbox
-\series default
-, we have to use ERT.
- The result looks in LyX like:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mbox.png
-
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ERT"
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Punctuation Marks
+LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Punctuation marks"
+name "LyX ! Proper names"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:abbrev"
+name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
- automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
+You have surely noticed, that the word
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-appropriate amount of space
+LaTeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
- the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
- not for all cases.
- If a
+ appears always with characters in different size and height.
+ LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
+ as proper name when you type it in LyX as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
- at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here are some examples of
-\emph on
-correct
-\emph default
- abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-M.
- Butterfly
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't worry.
- Be happy.
-\end_layout
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
- g.
- this is too much space!
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
-\end_layout
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+.
+ Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
+ proper names:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use a
-\family sans
-Protected\InsetSpace ~
-Blank
-\family default
- after lowercase abbreviations (see section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX The name of the game, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
-\family sans
-End\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-sentence
-\family default
- found under the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special\InsetSpace ~
-Character
-\family default
- menu (shortcut
-\family sans
-C-period
-\family default
-) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
-\end_layout
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.\InsetSpace ~
-g.\InsetSpace ~
-this is too much space!
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I\SpecialChar \@.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
- LaTeX will care about this.
-\end_layout
+yX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
- check out the
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Check\InsetSpace ~
-TeX
-\family default
- feature described in
-\emph on
-Extended Editing
-\emph default
-.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Typography ! Quotes"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:quotes"
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-open close
+eX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The keyboard character,
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
-, generates this automatically.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the behavior of the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key using the submenu
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- of the dialog
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- Selecting the button
-\family sans
-Double
-\family default
- makes the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produce the sequence:
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The button
-\family sans
-Single
-\family default
-, in contrast, makes the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produce:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+eX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-'.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
-\family sans
-Type
-\family default
- option.
- There are six choices:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
+You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like this
+: The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-double
+TeX-3.141592
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-single
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+TeX-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
+ in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
+ This will look in LyX like:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/LaTeX.png
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
-\end_inset
+\newline
+For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ERT"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
- or 'this
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Units"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin\InsetSpace ~
+Space
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
-\end_inset
+ (shortcut
+\family sans
+C-S-Space
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example to show the differences:
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes gls
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\begin_layout Standard
+24\InsetSpace ~
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
-
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\begin_layout Standard
+24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
+h
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+half space between number and unit
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
-\end_inset
-
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes fls
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:widows"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These dangly-bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
+\end_layout
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
+ or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
-\end_inset
+ or\InsetSpace ~
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes als
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
-
+] may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These options affects what character the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produces.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
+\begin_inset OptArg
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
- type
-\family sans
-C-"
-\family default
-.
- This produces:
-\family typewriter
-"
-\family default
- in any cases.
+Floats and Notes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Typography ! Ligatures"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
+name "Notes"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:ligatures"
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
+LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
+\newline
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
+ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+\family default
+.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
+This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed\InsetSpace ~
+Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+\newline
- or the German
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\newline
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- To break a ligature, use
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligature\InsetSpace ~
-Break.
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is text
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
-\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
+ How this can be done is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded\InsetSpace ~
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
+\end_layout
-cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\newline
+
+\newline
+As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
+ indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
+
+\begin_inset Note Framed
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
+
\end_inset
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
+ own paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
+\begin_inset Note Shaded
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-.
+In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
+ and the note is set into its own paragraph.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX's Proper Names
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LyX ! Proper names"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
+ scaleBeforeRotation
\end_inset
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note
+\family default
+.
+ Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You have surely noticed, that the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
+ menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appears always with characters in different size and height.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as proper name when you type it in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you'll see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ the following box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
+ scale 80
+
\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
-eX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again, will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
+ on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
.
- Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
- proper names:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX The name of the game, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-yX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
+ no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
+ LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
+ scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded\InsetSpace ~
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Marginal notes"
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal\InsetSpace ~
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
-{}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+, you'll see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+ grey
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with a
+\family default
+\series default
+ red
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eX
+margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to produce it.
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
+At the side is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-{}
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX2e
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Images"
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Graphics"
-.
- It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-TeX-3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TeX-3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
- in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
- This will look in LyX like:
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/LaTeX.png
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
\end_inset
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+\end_layout
-\newline
-For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ERT"
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Typography ! Units"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- for units use the menu
+In the tab
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin\InsetSpace ~
-Space
+Clipping
\family default
- (shortcut
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
\family sans
-C-S-Space
+Get\InsetSpace ~
+from\InsetSpace ~
+file
\family default
-).
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+bounding\InsetSpace ~
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
-\end_layout
+LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
+\family sans
+Extras
+\family default
+ tab.
+ You can also set the
+\family sans
+Subfigure
+\family default
+ option here if the image is inside a figure float.
+ This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
-\begin_layout Standard
-24\InsetSpace ~
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
-h
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Draft\InsetSpace ~
+mode
+\family default
+ effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
+ image size is printed.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-space between number and unit
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
+ The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
+ centered paragraph:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ display color
+ scale 70
+ rotateOrigin center
+
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-half space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
+Image Formats
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
+name "Image formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:widows"
+name "sub:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
- for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
- of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
- of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These dangly-bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
- This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
- or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
- or\InsetSpace ~
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ LyX uses therefore the program
+\family typewriter
+Imagemagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-] may have more information.
- You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
-\begin_inset OptArg
-status collapsed
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Floats and Notes
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
-
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.gif
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
+)
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Footnotes"
+name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
- menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Footnote
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.png
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you'll see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- the following box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (JPG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again, will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
- on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
-\begin_layout Standard
-To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Scalable\InsetSpace ~
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
+ without data loss.
+ The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\newline
+S
+calable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
- no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
- LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
-\family default
-ey are described in the section
+ (SVG, file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\emph on
-Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
+\family typewriter
+.svg
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Extended
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Marginal notes"
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marginal\InsetSpace ~
-Note
+\family typewriter
+.eps
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
\end_inset
-, you'll see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
- grey
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with a
-\family default
-\series default
- red
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
+, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-margin
+Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "PDF"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
+ or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
+ In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a marginal note.
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
+Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
+ versa.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Images"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Tables
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Graphics"
+name "Tables"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+name "sec:tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
+ filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
\end_inset
- or select
+ or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
+Table
\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here's an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get\InsetSpace ~
-from\InsetSpace ~
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip\InsetSpace ~
-to\InsetSpace ~
-bounding\InsetSpace ~
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
-.
+2
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
-\family sans
-Extras
-\family default
- tab.
- You can also set the
-\family sans
-Subfigure
-\family default
- option here if the image is inside a figure float.
- This option is explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+3
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft\InsetSpace ~
-mode
-\family default
- effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
- image size is printed.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
- The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
- in the text.
- This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
- centered paragraph:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- display color
- scale 70
- rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Image formats"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Image-Formats"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
-\family typewriter
-Imagemagick
-\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Table dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
+ brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
+ where the cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
+ Note that there is a difference between selecting the
+\emph on
+contents
+\emph default
+ of the cell, and the cell itself.
+ If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeld in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
+ for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-Cells"
- (GIF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.gif
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
+ box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+abc
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+def ghi
+\end_layout
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
+\begin_layout Standard
+jkl
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_layout
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+B
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+C
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+D
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+1
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
+\begin_layout Standard
+2
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Scalable\InsetSpace ~
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
- without data loss.
- The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
-\newline
-S
-calable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+4
+\end_layout
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.svg
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
+ Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
+ explained in the tables section of the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
+degrees counterclockwise.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
+\end_layout
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
+\end_layout
-)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Longtables
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
+name "Tables ! Longtables"
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+long\InsetSpace ~
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
+\family sans
+Header
\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "PDF"
+\begin_layout Description
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
-.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
- In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-.
+\family sans
+Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
- versa.
-\end_layout
+You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
+ The others will then be defined as
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First\InsetSpace ~
+header.
-\begin_layout Section
-Tables
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tables"
+\family default
+ See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:tables"
+\series bold
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
- scale 85
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Tabule
-\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here's an example table:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-2
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-3
+
+\series bold
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+
+\series bold
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+\series bold
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Stefano
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
- brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
- where the cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
- Note that there is a difference between selecting the
-\emph on
-contents
-\emph default
- of the cell, and the cell itself.
- If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Table\InsetSpace ~
-Settings
-\family default
- you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
- for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-Cells"
+\series bold
+Bozzi
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Walter
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
- box
-\family sans
-Multicolumn
-\family default
-.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-abc
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-def ghi
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-jkl
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+Maurizio
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-B
+
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-C
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-D
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-1
+
+\series bold
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-2
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-3
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-4
+
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Gianfranco
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
- Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
-\emph on
-Extended\InsetSpace ~
-Features
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-degrees counterclockwise.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
- Note, that most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
+Carolina
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tables ! Longtables"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use\InsetSpace ~
-long\InsetSpace ~
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
-\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the first page, if
-\family sans
-First\InsetSpace ~
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Annamaria
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-First\InsetSpace ~
-header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last\InsetSpace ~
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Feliciello
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Last\InsetSpace ~
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Domenico
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
- The others will then be defined as
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-First\InsetSpace ~
-header.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-NAME
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-TEL.
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+
\series bold
-Example Phone List
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-NAME
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+Paola
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-TEL.
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+Luciano
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Annovi
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Silvia
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Stefano
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Walter
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cachia
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Maria
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cachia
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Maurizio
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Giusi
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Colin
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Bernard
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Concli
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Gianfranco
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Carolina
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Annamaria
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Domenico
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Paola
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Galletti
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Oreste
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Franca
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Paola
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Lassini
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Giancarlo
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Luciano
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Valeriano
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Roberto
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Roberto
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Erich
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Paolo
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111, 222
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Radina
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Claudio
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Oskar
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Ugo
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Margit
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Frieda
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Vieider
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Hilde
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Vigna
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Jürgen
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Weber
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Maurizio
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Winkler
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Franz
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-111
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Annovi
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Silvia
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Stefano
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Walter
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cachia
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Maria
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+555, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cachia
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Maurizio
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Giusi
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Colin
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Bernard
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Concli
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Gianfranco
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Carolina
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Annamaria
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Domenico
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+999
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Paola
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Galletti
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Oreste
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Gasparini
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Franca
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Tables ! Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
+ for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Paola
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Lassini
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Giancarlo
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Luciano
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-Valeriano
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Roberto
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can cut and paste even more than one row.
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Mezzadra
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Roberto
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin\InsetSpace ~
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too much notes at the page.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
+, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+#:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
+ by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ scale 80
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ -- a gray button with a red label.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
+ LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Pirpamer
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float Types
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Figure floats"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Erich
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ inserts a float with the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Pochiesa
-\end_layout
+Figure\InsetSpace ~
+#:
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Paolo
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+.
+ Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
+ above to get the caption printed below the image.
+ This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-555, 222
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:kill-plat"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+.
+ If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
+ of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
+ This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\series bold
-Radina
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:escher"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Claudio
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-555
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ display color
+ width 50col%
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Stuffer
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
-Oskar
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:kill-plat"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ugo
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
-\series bold
-Tezzele
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:escher"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Margit
+M.C.
+ Escher on acid.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ display color
+ scale 80
+ rotateOrigin center
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Frieda
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-555
-\end_layout
+This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it.
+ As described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Vieider
-\end_layout
+, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+.
+ It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
+ references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hilde
-\end_layout
+, because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
+ might not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+ at all.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
+ to the tab
+\family sans
+Extra\InsetSpace ~
+options
+\family default
+ in the appearing dialog, use the option
+\family sans
+Subfigure
+\family default
+, and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
+ Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\series bold
-Vigna
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Jürgen
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-999
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Weber
-\end_layout
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
+ subcaption
+ subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Maurizio
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\hfill
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+ subcaption
+ subcaptionText "Platypus"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Winkler
+\hfill
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
-Franz
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-555
+Two distorted images.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-End
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the caption is added to the
+\family sans
+List\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Figures
+\family default
+ as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:ListsOf"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Table Floats
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Tables ! Cells"
+name "Floats ! Table floats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-Cells"
+name "sec:Table-Floats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
-Section*
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
- for the cell's paragraph.
-\end_layout
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
+ label.
+ Table\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:a table float"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:a table float"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+A table float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-4
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multiline entry in a table.
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-5
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-6
+Joe
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is longer now.
+Mary
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-7
+Ted
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-8
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-This is a multiline entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-9
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Algorithm Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can cut and paste even more than one row.
- Selection with the mouse or with
+This float type is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Shift
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Algorithm
\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
-\end_layout
+.
+ It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
+ A possible environment for algorithms is the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+, described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
+ language.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ You have to do this manually by adding the following line
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
+name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
+to the document preamble (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+).
+
+\series bold
+your\InsetSpace ~
+name
+\series default
+ is the word
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-float
+
+\emph on
+algorithm
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin\InsetSpace ~
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too much notes at the page.
+ in your language.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
-, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Text Wrap Floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:floatflt"
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Floats
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-g.\InsetSpace ~
-the label
+This float type is used if you want to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Figure\InsetSpace ~
-#:
+wrap
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
+ text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
+ width.
+ It can be inserted using the menu
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+placement l
+width "40col%"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ display color
+ width 40col%
+ rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
- -- a gray button with a red label.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
- LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:This-is-a"
+
+\end_inset
+
+This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
+ it
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Wrap\InsetSpace ~
+Float
+\family default
+ if the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is installed.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
+\emph on
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+Configuration
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Figure floats"
-
\end_inset
+ The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
+ float box.
+ Figure\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:This-is-a"
\end_inset
+ is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
+wrap float with a width of 40
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+col%.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- inserts a float with the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-\series bold
-Figure\InsetSpace ~
-#:
-\series default
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
- above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:kill-plat"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
+ Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
+ng text.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:escher"
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+ also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
+ If you need this, read the documentation of
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "floatflt"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- display color
- width 50col%
- rotateOrigin center
-
-\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Text\InsetSpace ~
+wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
+ having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
+ in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
+ over some other text.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+wrapfig
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:kill-plat"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
\end_inset
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+ instead of
+\series bold
+floatflt
+\series default
+ but it is currently not supported by LyX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+ In general:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
+ That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
+ when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
+ breaks will appear.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
+ where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
+ there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Rotated Floats
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:escher"
+name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
\end_inset
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Rotating"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- display color
- scale 80
- rotateOrigin center
+Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
+ To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
+ and use the option
+\family sans
+Rotate\InsetSpace ~
+sideways
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
+ a two-column document).
+ They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
+ (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
+ a page with an even number).
+ Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded\InsetSpace ~
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
+ format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Rotated-table"
\end_inset
-
+ is an example of a rotated table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it.
- As described in section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+\end_layout
-, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-.
- It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
- references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
- might not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways true
+status open
- at all.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
- to the tab
-\family sans
-Extra\InsetSpace ~
-options
-\family default
- in the appearing dialog, use the option
-\family sans
-Subfigure
-\family default
-, and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
- Figure\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Rotated-table"
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\end_inset
+
+ Rotated table
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+test
+\end_layout
-\hfill
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
- subcaption
- subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
+\begin_layout Standard
+b
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+c
+\end_layout
-\hfill
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
- subcaption
- subcaptionText "Platypus"
+\begin_layout Standard
+d
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+e
+\end_layout
-\hfill
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Two distorted images.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float Placement
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Float-Placement"
+
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Floats ! Placement"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
+Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
+ options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
+\newline
+The option
\family sans
-List\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-Figures
+Span\InsetSpace ~
+columns
\family default
- as described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
+ span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
+ one.
+\newline
+The option
+\family sans
+Rotate\InsetSpace ~
+sideways
+\family default
+ is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ListsOf"
+reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Table Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Table floats"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
+ set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
+\family sans
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+default\InsetSpace ~
+placement
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+if\InsetSpace ~
+possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bottom\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Table-Floats"
+\begin_layout Description
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+floats: try to place the float on an own page
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The order of the above option is
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ used by LaTeX.
+ That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
+
+\family sans
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+if\InsetSpace ~
+possible
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
+\family default
+, and then the others.
+ If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
+ in the same order.
+ If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
+ but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, each options has its own rules:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Top\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
+\family default
+ only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page can be placed at the top
+ of a page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
+Bottom\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+page
\family default
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
- label.
- Table\InsetSpace ~
+: only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page can be placed at the bottom
+ of a page.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:a table float"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Page\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+floats
+\family default
+: only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
+ can be set together on a page.
+\end_layout
- is an example of a table float.
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
+ option
+\family sans
+Ignore\InsetSpace ~
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+rules
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
+ exactly at the position where it is inserted.
+ For this case you can use the option
+\family sans
+Here\InsetSpace ~
+definitely
+\family default
+.
+ Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
+ be printed.
+ Because the float is then no longer able to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
+ surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:a table float"
+For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_inset
-A table float.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Minipages"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Joe
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Mary
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ted
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\hfill
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math"
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Formulas | see{Math}"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Basics"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
\end_inset
-
+.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
+Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+, that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
+ menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
+), or via the menu
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
\family default
-, described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
.
+ The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
+ somewhere on the screen.
+ If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
+ will insert a formula for you.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
+There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
+ line, like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+ in it.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
-name}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
+, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+A=B\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your\InsetSpace ~
-name
-\series default
- is the word
+LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
+ E.g.
+ typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in your language.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Text Wrap Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
-
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
+.
+ So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:floatflt"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Navigating"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is used if you want to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
-wrap
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-placement l
-width "40col%"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- display color
- width 40col%
- rotateOrigin center
-
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:This-is-a"
-
-\end_inset
-This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
- it
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-Wrap\InsetSpace ~
-Float
-\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-floatflt
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
+This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
+ space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:This-is-a"
-
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
- is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
-wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+, type
+\series bold
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-floatflt
+2x+1
\series default
- also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
- If you need this, read the documentation of
+ and not
\series bold
-floatflt
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "floatflt"
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Text\InsetSpace ~
-wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
- having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
- in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
- over some other text.
-\begin_inset Foot
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-wrapfig
-\series default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
+
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- instead of
-\series bold
-floatflt
++1
\series default
- but it is currently not supported by LyX.
-\end_layout
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
- In general:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
- when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
- breaks will appear.
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+The Math Panel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Math Panel"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Rotating"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:math-panel"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
+The
\family sans
-Rotate\InsetSpace ~
-sideways
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
\family default
.
+ It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
+ As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
+ The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
+ details in the following sections.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
- a two-column document).
- They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
- (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
- a page with an even number).
- Forcing their rotation direction is not yet supported by LyX.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Exponents"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
- format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Subscripts"
\end_inset
- is an example of a rotated table float.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
+ way is to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+, type in a formula
\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\backslash
-usepackage[tablesleft]{rotating}
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
\series bold
-Note:
+x^2y
\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
-\end_layout
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways true
-status collapsed
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
-\end_inset
- Rotated table
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ hat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the hat and the character.
+ E.g.
+ if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-test
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-b
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-c
-\end_layout
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-d
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-e
+
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Fractions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction with either the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or using the icon
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
+ scale 60
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Floats ! Placement"
+name "Math ! Roots"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\newline
-The option
-\family sans
-Span\InsetSpace ~
-columns
-\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
- one.
-\newline
-The option
+Roots can be created using the
\family sans
-Rotate\InsetSpace ~
-sideways
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
\end_inset
+ or the commands
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
.
-\end_layout
+ With the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
-\family sans
-Use\InsetSpace ~
-default\InsetSpace ~
-placement
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Description
-Here\InsetSpace ~
-if\InsetSpace ~
-possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ produces always a square root.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Sums"
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Page\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-floats: try to place the float on an own page
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
-\family sans
-Here\InsetSpace ~
-if\InsetSpace ~
-possible
-\family default
-, then
-\family sans
-Top\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Integrals"
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each options has its own rules:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Top\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-page
-\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-% of the page can be placed at the top
- of a page
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Bottom\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-page
-\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom
- of a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Page\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-floats
-\family default
-: only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
- can be set together on a page.
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ formulas.
+ Such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and hitting
\family sans
-Ignore\InsetSpace ~
-LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
-rules
+M-m l
+\family default
+ or using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change\InsetSpace ~
+Limits\InsetSpace ~
+Type
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
-\family sans
-Here\InsetSpace ~
-definitely
-\family default
-.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-float
+moving limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
-\end_layout
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Limits"
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:math-functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Minipages"
+name "Math ! Symbols"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box inserted via the menu
+Most math symbols can be found in the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+ ,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
\family default
.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+, but can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Spaces"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, type
\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
+C-Space
\family default
- as described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+ or to use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/space.xpm
\end_inset
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ Here a example for the sequence
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
+ (appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
-
-\hfill
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+).
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and hit space again several times.
+ With every space hit the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
+ spaces.
+ Here two examples:
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Formulas | see{Math}"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+a C-Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Basics"
+name "Math ! Functions"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:math-functions"
\end_inset
-.
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
-, that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
- menu
+The
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\InsetSpace ~
Panel
\family default
-), or via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
-.
- The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
- somewhere on the screen.
- If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
- will insert a formula for you.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
-\end_layout
+ contains a number of functions, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
- in it.
-\end_layout
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-A=B\]
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
\end_inset
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.g.
- typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
+ that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
-.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
+Accents
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Navigating"
+name "Math ! Accents"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
+ enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
-
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Name
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Command
+\end_layout
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, type
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\backslash
-spce
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_layout
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\backslash
+grave
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Math Panel
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Math Panel"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:math-panel"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
- dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
-.
- It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
- As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
- The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
- details in the following sections.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Exponents"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Subscripts"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_layout
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
-
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+ddot
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- hat
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
-, you have to use an extra
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- to separate the hat and the character.
- E.g.
- if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-a
-\series default
-.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-spce
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series default
-.
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
- symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
- read section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Grouping"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
- if you need to alter this.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Fractions"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction with either the command
+
\series bold
\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
- scale 60
+breve
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
-\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Roots"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- or the commands
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
-.
- With the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- produces always a square root.
+check
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Sums"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Integrals"
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+bar
+\end_layout
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
- formulas.
- Such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, versus
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
- types.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and hitting
-\family sans
-M-m l
-\family default
- or using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change\InsetSpace ~
-Limits\InsetSpace ~
-Type
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- feature as addition, such as
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Limits"
+\begin_layout Standard
+vector
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+vec
+\end_layout
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- underneath the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-lim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:math-functions"
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Symbols"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
- ,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Arrows
+Frame\InsetSpace ~
+decorations
\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+ symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
+ made within a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Brackets"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Spaces"
+name "Math ! Delimiters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
-\family sans
-C-Space
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For most purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
\family default
- or to use the
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
\family sans
Math\InsetSpace ~
Panel
\family default
- button
+'s delimiter icon
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.xpm
+ filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
\end_inset
.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- Here a example for the sequence
-\series bold
-a C-Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+ For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
+ matrix such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
+
\end_inset
- (appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
\end_inset
-).
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and hit space again several times.
- With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
- spaces.
- Here two examples:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
+ to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-a C-Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
\family sans
-Space
+Keep\InsetSpace ~
+matched
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
-\end_inset
-
-
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown below the button field.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-a C-Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
+If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
+ you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
+ inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
-Space
+Insert
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+.
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+{
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ for grouping.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
+\begin_layout Section
+Grouping
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Functions"
+name "Math ! Grouping"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:math-functions"
+name "sec:Grouping"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
+You may need to group a set of symbols.
+ In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
+\family typewriter
+{x^y}^z
\family default
- contains a number of functions, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
-\end_inset
+ is different from
+\family typewriter
+x^{y^z}
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+{x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
+To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+{
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
- that subscripts are placed, like described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ then type space.
+ Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
+ Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
+ The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Arrays"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Accents"
+name "Math ! Matrices"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
-\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
- enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
- even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ matrix button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
+.
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table\InsetSpace ~
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
-
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Name
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Command
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ LyX proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-hat
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+lrc
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
+\family sans
+C-Enter
+\family default
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases\InsetSpace ~
+Environment
+\family default
+ or the command
\series bold
\backslash
-grave
-\end_layout
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\family roman
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\family sans
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further hit of
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
+ where you want to start the shift and hit
+\family sans
+C-Tab.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
+ position to the next column.
+ Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
+ within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-\backslash
-acute
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+.
+ There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
\end_inset
+).
+ The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Formula numbering"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-ddot
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+Numbering
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
+\family default
+.
+ The formula number appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+ within parentheses.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
+ is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+1=2\end{equation}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Using
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
+\family default
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\InsetSpace ~
+Numbering\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Line
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+N
+\family default
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
+\end_inset
+
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+n
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended to use the proposed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-tilde
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+eq:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+ as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
+ type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
+ placeholder
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
+.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross\InsetSpace ~
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-dot
+).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Macros"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
+ For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
+ in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
+ them.
+\newline
+The general form of a quadratic equation is:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+The general form of its solution is:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-breve
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The macro should print the parameters
+\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $p$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $q$
\end_inset
+ like in the equation above.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A macro is created by executing the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+math-macro
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Name
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
\backslash
-check
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Number\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Arguments
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
+ Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
+ The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
+ If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
+ of arguments.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+We have three arguments and name the macro
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+qE
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, so that the command is:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\series bold
+math-macro
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
\backslash
-bar
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+qE
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-vector
+3
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
+This results in the following macro definition box:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/macrobox.png
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-vec
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
+{\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
+The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
+ The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
+ the math panel or commands.
+ The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
+ followed by the argument number, e.g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+\backslash
+#1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ for the first argument.
+ Placeholders will be displayed in red.
+ The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
+ This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
+ in LyX with its full size.
+ If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
+ In our example we insert the sequence
+\newline
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+qE:
+\backslash
+#1
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+,
+\series default
+
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+#2
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+,
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+#3
+\newline
+\series default
+The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame\InsetSpace ~
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
- made within a formula too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Brackets"
-
+To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Delimiters"
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+qE
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/macrouse.png
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
-\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
-'s delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
+The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
+ If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
+ To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
+ the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
+ The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
+ to the new definition.
+ Here an example of our macro with the arguments
+\begin_inset Formula $x$
\end_inset
-.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
+\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Formula $B$
\end_inset
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
+:
\begin_inset Formula \[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
+\qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
-\family sans
-Keep\InsetSpace ~
-matched
-\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown below the button field.
- If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
+ as the command:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-{
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
- for grouping.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+qE}[3]{#1_{1,
+\backslash
+,2}=-
+\backslash
+frac{#2}{2}
+\backslash
+pm
+\newline
-\begin_layout Section
-Grouping
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Grouping"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Grouping"
+\backslash
+hphantom{
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-You may need to group a set of symbols.
- In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
-\family typewriter
-{x^y}^z
-\family default
- is different from
-\family typewriter
-x^{y^z}
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
+The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
+ That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
+ definition box in your document.
+ There are also some other restrictions: The command
\backslash
-{
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- then type space.
- Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
- Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
- The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
+newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
+ macros.
+ You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
+ of arguments.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+Fine-Tuning
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Arrays"
+name "Math ! Typefaces"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Matrices"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.xpm
\end_inset
+, or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
-\family default
- matrix button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Font
+\end_layout
-.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Command
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-l
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-\family sans
-r
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
+\backslash
+mathrm
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
-\family sans
-lrc
-\family default
+\backslash
+mathbf
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\, column & this\, column\\
-column & has & has\, right\\
-has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\family sans
-C-Enter
-\family default
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases\InsetSpace ~
-Environment
-\family default
- or the command
+
\series bold
\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
+mathit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further hit of
-\family sans
-\series medium
-C-E
-\series default
-nter
-\family default
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
-\family sans
-C-Tab.
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathbb
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
- The other types are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Formula numbering"
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mathfrak
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph on
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathcal
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle\InsetSpace ~
-Numbering
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m\InsetSpace ~
-n
-\family default
-.
- The formula number appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathsf
+\end_layout
- within parentheses.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
- is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
-1+1=2\end{equation}
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Using
-\family sans
-M-m\InsetSpace ~
-n
-\family default
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle\InsetSpace ~
-Numbering\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-Line
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m\InsetSpace ~
-N
-\family default
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-To number all lines use the shortcut
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
-M-m\InsetSpace ~
-n
+Blackbold
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended to use the proposed
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
\family sans
-eq:
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
+ within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
+ protected space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here an example where a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
+N
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
-
-\end_inset
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackbold
+\family default
+ denotes the set of numbers:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
- placeholder
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross\InsetSpace ~
-Reference
-\family default
-.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can e.g.
+ put a character in
+\family sans
+Fraktur
+\family default
+ in a box for
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
\end_inset
-).
+
+\newline
+So better don't use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\newline
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Font\InsetSpace ~
+Change
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Macros"
+name "Math ! Text"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
- For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
- in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
- them.
-\newline
-The general form of a quadratic equation is:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal\InsetSpace ~
+text\InsetSpace ~
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/font.xpm
\end_inset
-The general form of its solution is:
+ (alternatively the shortcut
+\family sans
+M-m\InsetSpace ~
+m
+\family default
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
+-x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The macro should print the parameters
-\begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $p$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Font sizes"
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $q$
\end_inset
- like in the equation above.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A macro is created by executing the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/math/style.xpm
-\series bold
-math-macro
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+, which is normally in
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
-Name
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
-
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
-Number\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-Arguments
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
- Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
- The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
- If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
- of arguments.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We have three arguments and name the macro
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
+ inset is set in a particular size with the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As example a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-qE
+largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, so that the command is:
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-math-macro
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
-
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
-qE
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This results in the following macro definition box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/macrobox.png
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "AMS math"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset FormulaMacro
-\newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
-{\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! AMS"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first box is an image to show the behaviour in the output.
- The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
- the math panel or commands.
- The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
- followed by the argument number, e.g.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+AMS\InsetSpace ~
+math\InsetSpace ~
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Options
+\family default
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
+ available.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-\backslash
-#1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- for the first argument.
- Placeholders will be displayed in red.
- The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
- This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
- in LyX with its full size.
- If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
- In our example we insert the sequence
-\newline
-\series bold
-qE:
-\backslash
-#1
-\series default
-
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\series bold
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
-\backslash
-#2
-\series default
-
-\series bold
-,
-\series default
-
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-#3
-\newline
-\series default
-The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-qE
-\series default
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Cross references"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/macrouse.png
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
- If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
- To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
- the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
- The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
+One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
+ We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
- to the new definition.
- Here an example of our macro with the arguments
-\begin_inset Formula $x$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
-, and
-\begin_inset Formula $B$
\end_inset
-:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
+Second item
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ or the by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
+ scale 85
\end_inset
+.
+ A grey label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
- as the command:
-\end_layout
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\family sans
+enu: Second-item
+\family default
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-qE}[3]{#1_{1,
-\backslash
-,2}=-
-\backslash
-frac{#2}{2}
-\backslash
-pm
-\newline
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+ The prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+enu:
+\family default
-\backslash
-hphantom{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
+ if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+sec:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\backslash
-sqrt{
-\backslash
-frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
- That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
- definition box in your document.
- There are also some other restrictions: The command
-\backslash
-newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
- macros.
- You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
- of arguments.
-
-\end_layout
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
+ scale 85
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Typefaces"
+.
+ A grey cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
+ the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
+enu:Second-item
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.xpm
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
+ Here is our cross-reference:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Item\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Caption
+described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
+ between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features>
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Font
+There are six varieties of cross-references:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-Command
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
+ style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
+ name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathrm
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+on\InsetSpace ~
+page\InsetSpace ~
+<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>\InsetSpace ~
+on\InsetSpace ~
+page\InsetSpace ~
+<page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
+ the page number:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
+reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted\InsetSpace ~
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
-\backslash
-mathbf
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ installed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
+ the previous, the same, or the next page.
+ You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+see the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+on this page
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
+e box.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
+ Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
+ on the previous, same, or next page.
+ You will e.g.
+ see the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathit
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+on this page
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ instead.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
+ to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
+ For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+The button
+\family sans
+Go\InsetSpace ~
+to\InsetSpace ~
+Label
+\family default
+ in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
+ The button text changes then to
+\family sans
+Go\InsetSpace ~
+Back
+\family default
+ and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
+ referred label but without a possibility to go back.
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
+ References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
+ new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
+ marks in the output instead of the reference.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mathtt
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Table of contents"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Outline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbb
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents and Outline
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathfrak
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table\InsetSpace ~
+of\InsetSpace ~
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
+ You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
+ Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
+\family sans
+Navigate
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:numbering-depth"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
+ using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-mathcal
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
+ in your documents.
+ The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:ListsOf"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathsf
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC
+\family default
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "URLs"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
-\family sans
-Blackbold
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Calligraphic
-\family default
-.
- When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
- protected space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where a
+It is often desirable to include long
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-N
+verbatim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in
+ items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
+ These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
+ to typeset properly.
+ Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
+ resulting in an overfull line.
+ To avoid this, use the menu
\family sans
-Blackbold
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.g.
- put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
+The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Name
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+ field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
+ before the URL.
+ Here an example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+name "LyX-Homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+
\end_inset
-
-\newline
-So better don't use this feature.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-\newline
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
+Important notes
\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
+ them with a backslash before, e.g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
-\end_layout
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Font\InsetSpace ~
-Change
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+URLs must not end with a backslash!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Appendices
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Text"
+name "Appendix"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal\InsetSpace ~
-text\InsetSpace ~
-mode
-\family default
- of the
+Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Panel
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start\InsetSpace ~
+Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+Here
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.xpm
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as appendix region.
+ The region is marked with a red borderline.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Credits"
\end_inset
- (alternatively the shortcut
-\family sans
-M-m\InsetSpace ~
-m
-\family default
-).
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
--x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
+; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Font sizes"
+name "Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
-\family default
-.
- For most characters,
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.xpm
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-, larger in
+, which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually.
+ For the second method we use the paragraph environment
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Bibliography
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+, described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:biblio_environment"
+
\end_inset
.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+Within the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as key.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
+ When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
+Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
+ with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text\InsetSpace ~
-Style
+Label
\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As example a formula in the font size
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-largest
+Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at the
+\family sans
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "AMS math"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! AMS"
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
-\family sans
-Use\InsetSpace ~
-AMS\InsetSpace ~
-math\InsetSpace ~
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math\InsetSpace ~
-Options
-\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography ! Databases"
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
+name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+ It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
+ entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Cross references"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+\family sans
+.bib
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+).
+ Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
+ Under
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand url
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
\end_inset
-Second item
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
+\newline
+you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+To use a database, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+List
\family default
- or the by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
- scale 85
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-.
- A grey label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family sans
-enu: Second-item
+.bst
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
+ Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
+ take care of the layout.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
+ by LyX.
+ This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
+es dialog under
\family sans
-enu:
+Outputs
\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+{}
+\end_layout
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
- if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+eX
+\family default
+ in the field
+\family sans
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+command
+\family default
+.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
+
\family sans
-sec:
+BibTeX
\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+alphadin.bst
\family default
- or the toolbat button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
+\end_layout
-.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Bibliography ! Layout"
\end_inset
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
- the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to use the option
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+Natbib
+\family default
+ enabled in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
- Here is our cross-reference:
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Item\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
-
+You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
+ in the citation reference window.
+ Here an example where we set the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Chapter\InsetSpace ~
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to appear after the reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
-\begin_layout Standard
-described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index generation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
- between them.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
+An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
+ that should appear in the index and then use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+Entry
+\family default
+.
+ A gray box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
- style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
- name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Idx
+\family default
-Equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
+ LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
+ you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
\end_inset
-
+ Therefore you cannot insert
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on\InsetSpace ~
-page\InsetSpace ~
-<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Find & Replace
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>\InsetSpace ~
-on\InsetSpace ~
-page\InsetSpace ~
-<page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
- the page number:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+to an index entry field, because the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+&
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
+ LaTeX-errors.
+ The correct entry is
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted\InsetSpace ~
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- installed.
+Find
+\backslash
+& Replace
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
+ ways using special LaTeX commands.
+ We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
- the previous, the same, or the next page.
- You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
-g.\InsetSpace ~
-see the text
+The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List\InsetSpace ~
+/\InsetSpace ~
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+List
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-on this page
+Index
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
-e box.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Grouping"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
-\family sans
-<reference>
-\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- is always possible.
- Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
- on the previous, same, or next page.
- You will e.g.
- see the text
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-on this page
-\family default
+.
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
-\end_layout
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Lists"
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
- to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
- For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+reference "sec:itemize"
\end_inset
-.
+, we insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The button
-\family sans
-Go\InsetSpace ~
-to\InsetSpace ~
-Label
-\family default
- in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
- The button text changes then to
-\family sans
-Go\InsetSpace ~
-Back
-\family default
- and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
- referred label but without a possibility to go back.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
- References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
- new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
- marks in the output instead of the reference.
+and the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Refernces are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Table of contents"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Listings"
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:enumerate"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table of Contents
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table\InsetSpace ~
-of\InsetSpace ~
-Contents
-\family default
.
- Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
- You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
- Thus you can use this window as alternative for the
-\family sans
-Navigate
-\family default
- menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+The exclamation mark
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:numbering-depth"
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
- using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:ListsOf"
+Page Ranges
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Page ranges"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
-\end_layout
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "URLs"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
-
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is often desirable to include long
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-verbatim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
- These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
- to typeset properly.
- Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
- resulting in an overfull line.
- To avoid this, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
- to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
-\family sans
-Name
-\family default
- field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
- before the URL.
- Here an example:
-\end_layout
+and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "LyX-Homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
-.
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
\series bold
-Important notes
-\series default
-:
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
- them with a backslash before, e.g.
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The commands
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\backslash
-#
+\series bold
+|(
+\series default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Notes"
-
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Comments ! Note boxes"
+\series bold
+|)
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
-
+ respectively starts and ends the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Document ! Settings
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you two possibilities of inserting notes and comments to a document
- which don't appear in the printed output: The
-\family sans
-comment
-\family default
- paragraph environment, described in section\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Comment"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Cross referencing"
\end_inset
-, and the
-\family sans
-Note
-\family default
- box.
- Note boxes are inserted by the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note
-\family default
-.
- The boxes appear in yellow to show the difference to other LyX boxes, but
- the box properties are the same.
- The main advantage of note boxes in comparison to the
-\family sans
-comment
-\family default
- environment is that you can close the box to save space and ease reading
- the normal text.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
-\end_layout
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+GIF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (in section\InsetSpace ~
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Appendix"
+\end_inset
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the same section using the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start\InsetSpace ~
-Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-Here
-\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as appendix region.
- The region is marked with a red borderline.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
+\series bold
+GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix\InsetSpace ~
+The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Entry order"
\end_inset
-; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
+ then not follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
+\end_inset
+ doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We created as example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Known under the name
+, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
+maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
\end_inset
-, which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
- manually.
- For the second method we use the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maître"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:biblio_environment"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
\end_inset
-.
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
+ order maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
+
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
+maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as key.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
- When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
- the reference.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
- with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+ after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Credits
+maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
-\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+
+\series bold
+maïs@maison
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
+ another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
+ an example.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Entry layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
+You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
+ If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+textit{This is an italic entry}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+textit
+\series default
+ produces the italic layout.
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography ! Databases"
+name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
+ We refer to LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_inset
-
+) for an overview of layout commands.
+ There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
+ To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
+ command instead:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
- It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- you working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
- entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
+
+\series bold
+This@
+\backslash
+textit{This is an italic entry}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
+You can also format the page number using the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-.bib
-\family default
-
+|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-).
- Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
- It follows a list of programs for bibliography databases:
+\series bold
+old-style page number:|oldstylenums
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "BibDesk"
-target "http://bibdesk.sourceforge.net/"
+\begin_layout Standard
+to get the page number in an old-style layout.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
\end_inset
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "BibORB"
-target "http://biborb.glymn.net/doku.php"
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ means
+\series bold
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+command{page\InsetSpace ~
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "BibTeXMng"
-target "http://www.latexsoft.com/bibtexmng.htm"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ E.g.
+ we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
+ for all index entries.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "JabRef"
-target "http://jabref.sourceforge.net/"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Program
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Index ! Program"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_inset LatexCommand url
-name "Pybliographer"
-target "http://pybliographer.org/"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
+LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
+makeindex
\family default
-/
+.
+ This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ dialog under
\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
+Outputs
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX\InsetSpace ~
-Bibliography
+eX
+\family default
+ in the field
+\family sans
+Index\InsetSpace ~
+command
\family default
.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
- The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
+ You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
+
\family sans
-.bst
+xindy
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
- Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
- take care of the layout.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
+.
+ Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
+ manuals of the programs.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography, created from a database, lists only the
- database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclature / Glossary
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature"
-alphadin.bst
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to get the complicated reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Bibliography ! Layout"
+name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't use a bibliography database together with a style file, you
- can set a
-\family sans
-Citation\InsetSpace ~
-style
-\family default
- in the citation reference window.
- You need also the option
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bibliography
-\family default
- enabled for this.
- In this menu you can adjust the default citation style.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite this default.
+Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
+ document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
+ glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
-Chapter\InsetSpace ~
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to appear after the reference:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
+\series default
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "Mittelbach"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Making an Index
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index generation"
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
- that should appear in the index and then use the menu
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index\InsetSpace ~
+
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature\InsetSpace ~
Entry
\family default
.
\family sans
-Idx
+Nom
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
- LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because you
- have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
- LyX won't format the text for you like you expect it.
- This is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many ways using
- special LaTeX commands.
- We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
+ The second is the description of the symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
- The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index\InsetSpace ~
-List
-\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
+ all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping Index Entries
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index ! Grouping"
+name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One often groups index entries to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
+When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formula.
+ For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- First we create the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Lists
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+, insert this:
+\newline
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\newline
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
+\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- In the text field for the itemized list index entry in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+ character hereby starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:itemize"
+\backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, we inserted the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+.
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-for the enumerated list in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:enumerate"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-.
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
+You cannot use the
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
- An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
- If we don't have an index entry for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Lists
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
-\end_layout
+ in this document is:
+\newline
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Page Ranges
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index ! Page ranges"
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
-\end_inset
+\newline
+The command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
+\family sans
+sans\InsetSpace ~
+serif
+\family default
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ use
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
+\emph on
+emphasized
+\emph default
+ use
+\series bold
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
\end_inset
- with the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-and another entry at the end of sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
+\emph on
+a
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
- with the command
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|)
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The commands
+.
+ They will be sorted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|(
-\series default
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|)
-\series default
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- respectively starts and ends the index range.
- You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
- An example is the index entry
+ -- the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Paragraph environments
+$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index ! Cross referencing"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
+\family sans
+Sort\InsetSpace ~
+as
+\family default
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the given example, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ to this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl"
-GIF
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (in sec\SpecialChar \@.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Options
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Nomenclature ! Options"
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+\end_layout
-) to the index entry
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Image formats
+
+\family sans
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the same section using the command
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
- The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Order
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index ! Entry order"
+\family sans
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+page
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+There are furthermore the options
+\series bold
+croatian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+danish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+english
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+french
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+german
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+italian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+polish
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+portuguese
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+russian
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+spanish
+\series default
+, and
+\series bold
+ukrainian
+\series default
+ to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
+ language.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ In this document the options
+\series bold
+intoc
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ are used.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program called
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
+
\family sans
-makeindex
+Description
\family default
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-.
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
+\series bold
+refeq
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We created as example the three dummy index entries
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
+\end_layout
-maison
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+\series bold
-maïs
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomrefeq
+\backslash
+nomrefpage
+\end_layout
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-maître
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
-.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
+\backslash
+nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\series bold
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dummy entries ! maître"
+\backslash
+nomnorefpage
+\series default
+ was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
+name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In our case we want to have
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists\InsetSpace ~
+/\InsetSpace ~
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maison
+
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
+Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+nomname
+\series default
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
\series bold
-maïs@maison
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Index ! Entry layout"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
- If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
+If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
+ by adding the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
\series bold
\backslash
-textit{This is an italic entry}
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomlabelwidth}{width}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-textit
-\series default
- produces the italic layout.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
- We refer to LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-) for an overview of layout commands.
- There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
- To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
- command instead:
+.
+ The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+cm.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Branches"
-\series bold
-This@
-\backslash
-textit{This is an italic entry}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Branches"
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also format the page number using the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Branches"
+
\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-old-style page number:|oldstylenums
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in an old-style layout.
-\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
+For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, go in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog to
+\family sans
+Branches
+\family default
+.
+ The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
+ the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
+\family default
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
+\end_layout
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means
-\series bold
-\backslash
-command{page\InsetSpace ~
-number}
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status open
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- E.g.
- we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
- for all index entries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
constructs, but not all.
LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- Every month 10 to 20 packages are updated and one new package is added.
+ Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
problem exists a LaTeX-package.
But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note, that you have to insert a space at the end of LaTeX-commands without
- parameters, to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
-
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Short-Introduction-to"
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As we wrote above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
+ As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
database,
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
\begin_layout Standard
As result you know that the package
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
caption
-\family default
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
+
+\end_inset
+
is what you need.
To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
- In your case the package name is
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In your case the package name is
\series bold
caption
\series default
.
- After a look in the documentation of the package caption, you know that
- the option
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+
\series bold
labelfont=bf
\series default
koma-scrip
\family default
t class, you don't need the package
-\family typewriter
+\series bold
caption
-\family default
-.
- Just write
+\series default
+, you can instead write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
in the preamble and the problem is solved.
So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
documentation of the document class you want to use.
- (Btw
+ (Btw.
+
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Both commands used are preamble commands.
- Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in
- the text affects only the text after the command or only the text used
- as command argument.
+Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- books
+ LaTeX-books
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
\begin_layout Section
Previewing Snippets of your Document
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "Document ! Instant preview"
+name "Instant preview"
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Preview"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
DVI
\family default
.
- If you'd like to see your math formulas typeset by LaTeX then install the
- necessary software (see below) and select the
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
+ LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+preview-latex
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ as explained below, and turn on
\family sans
Instant\InsetSpace ~
preview
\family default
- check box in the
+ in the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphcis
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
\family default
- dialog.
+dialog under
+\family sans
+Look\InsetSpace ~
+and\InsetSpace ~
+feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Instant\InsetSpace ~
preview
\family default
- check box.
+ check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
preview
\family default
check box in the insert dialog.
- This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
- for example.
- Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
+ This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
+ example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you'll need the LaTeX package
-\family typewriter
+To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
preview-latex
-\family default
- installed.
- You find it in
+\series default
+ (on some systems named simply
+\series bold
+preview
+\series default
+) installed.
+ You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-.
- You'll obtain prettier results if you install
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ You obtain prettier results if you install the program
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\family default
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
- package.
+ package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
+ with LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
+ of it.
+ Use the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\InsetSpace ~
+Source
+\family default
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
+ currently in.
+ You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
+ selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
+ the source view window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-International Support
+Spell Checking
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand index
-name "International support"
+name "Spell checking"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
- LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
- on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
- paper size and the spell checker set to U.S.
- English.
- You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
- the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
- default configuration.
+LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
+ Rather it uses one of the external programs
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hspell
+\family default
+, or
+\family sans
+pspell
+\family default
+ as backend.
+ This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
+ programs.
+
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+ can be seen as successor of
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+, so that it is recommended to use aspell.
+
+\family sans
+hspell
+\family default
+ is a Hebrew spell-checker.
+ The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
+ under
+\family sans
+Language Settings
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
- a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
- your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
- the character encoding, and desired paper size.
- Refer to
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:langlay"
+For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
+ greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
+\family sans
+aspell
+\family default
+ can be used.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
+ A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
+ allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
+ scrolled so that it is visible.
+ In the
+\family sans
+spell checker
+\family default
+ dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
+ could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\family default
+ field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
+ Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
+ that is set in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
+ will bring an error message.
+ In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
+ specifying a different
+\family sans
+Alternative language
+\family default
+ in preferences dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Limitations
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
+ rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
+ of the word.
+ But you can use the
+\family sans
+Find\InsetSpace ~
+&\InsetSpace ~
+Replace
+\family default
+ dialog for that.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This does work with
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Further Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Escape\InsetSpace ~
+characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
+ checker should consider, e.g.
+ German umlauts although you spell check English document.
+ This should not normally be needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Personal\InsetSpace ~
+dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
+ choice as your personal dictionary
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Accept\InsetSpace ~
+compound\InsetSpace ~
+words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
+ words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+passthrough
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- for more information.
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Use\InsetSpace ~
+input\InsetSpace ~
+encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ also for the spellchecker.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
- language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
- Refer to
+The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:optkey"
+reference "sub:Settings"
\end_inset
- for details.
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
- different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
- You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
- keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
- In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
- one to support the characters you want.
-
+\end_inset
+
+ Enable this if you can't spellcheck words with international letters in
+ them.
+ There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
+ so this is disabled by default.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+International Support
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "International support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
-\emph on
-way
-\emph default
- beyond the scope of this manual.
- You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
- of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
- If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
- to your native tongue, please see the
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual for details.
+This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
+ For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
+ how to set up LyX to use them:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Language Options
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:langlay"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Language Options
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Language options"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Language"
\end_inset
Encoding
\family default
box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
- The default is the
-\family typewriter
-Latin1
+ When you select the encoding
+\family sans
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
+default
+\family default
+ or the option
+\family sans
+Use language's default encoding
\family default
- encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
- European languages.
+, the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
+ e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
+g.\InsetSpace ~
+for English it is
+\family sans
+latin9
+\family default
+.
+ The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Keyboard mapping configuration
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:optkey"
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
+ lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
+ for that matter), the
+\family typewriter
+utf8
+\family default
+ encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
+ Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
+ purposes:
+\family typewriter
+UTF8
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+utf8x
+\family default
+ are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
+\family typewriter
+utf8-plain
+\family default
+, finally, should be chosen for
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
- This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
+If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
+ language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
+ you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+ The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
which one you want to use.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
+ different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
+ You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
+ keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
+ In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
+ one to support the characters you want.
+ This and much more customizations are explained in the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Character Tables
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
\begin_layout Standard
There are a few things you need to know about this table.
- This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
-s.
- That ain't the default.
- Nowhere near, in fact.
Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
from the
\family typewriter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
- generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
- just plain missing in the default encodings.
- We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Even if you've selected
+Even if you have selected
\family sans
latin1
\family default
french quotes won't show up.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Users of
-\family typewriter
-Type1
-\family default
--fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
- include the either the package
-\family typewriter
-umlaute.sty
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-german.sty
-\family default
- in their documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
- The automatic quote feature described in Section
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:quotes"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
- packages.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
- not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-T1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- doesn't know them.
- To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
-\series bold
-textcomp
-\series default
- needs to be loaded in the preamble with the line
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{textcomp}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The package
-\series bold
-textcomp
-\series default
- is available on every LaTeX system.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-textcent
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-character ¢
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+¢
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-textcurrency
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-character ¤
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+¤
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-textyen
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-character ¥
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+¥
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-textbrokenbar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-character ¦
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+¦
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-
-\backslash
-textendash
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-character
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+–
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
¯
-\hfill
-macron
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
- this instead.
- For example, S-M-minus, or if
-\family typewriter
-\shape up
-.Xmodmap
-\family default
-\shape default
- is correct, S-M-macron.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+\hfill
+macron
\end_layout
\end_deeper
ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ
\hfill
cedilla
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
- fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
ŐŰőű
\hfill
-hungarian umlaut
+Hungarian umlaut
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
- In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
+ In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
Also make sure you're using the
\family typewriter
T1
\family default
- font-encoding and have the package
-\family typewriter
-umlaute.sty
-\family default
- with the definition file
-\family typewriter
-iso.def
-\family default
- installed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Introduction
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This manual covers the customization features present in LyX.
- In it, we discuss issues like keyboard shortcuts, screen previewing options,
- printer options, sending commands to LyX via the LyX Server, internationalizati
-on, installing new LaTeX classes and LyX layouts, etc.
- We can't possibly hope to touch on everything you can change---our developers
- add new features faster than we can document them---but we will explain
- the most common customizations and hopefully point you in the right direction
- for some of the more obscure ones.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+ font-encoding.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+New
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Creates a new document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
New from Template
\end_layout
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Open
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-Note: There is no
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Opens a document.
+\end_layout
-default file
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Open Recent
+\end_layout
- or document named
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
+ Click there on a file to open it.
+\end_layout
-Untitled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Close
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Closes the current document.
+\end_layout
-scratch.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Save
+\end_layout
- Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Saves the actual document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Revert
+Save As
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Revert
-\family default
- menu will reload the document from disk.
- You can also use it if you regret a change in the document and want to
- restore it to the last saved version.
+Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Revert to saved
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Reloads the actual document from disk.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This is used when more people are working on the same document.
- It is detailed described in the
+ It is described in the section
\emph on
-Extended Features
+Version Control in LyX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Extended\InsetSpace ~
+Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can import text from an ASCII file using the menu
-\family sans
-ASCII\InsetSpace ~
-text\InsetSpace ~
-as\InsetSpace ~
-lines
-\family default
-.
- That means that each line of the file is imported as its own LyX paragraph.
- This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
- However, if your text file contains paragraphs, LyX will mangle the paragraphs
- if you use this form of import.
+You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
+ text files (ASCII-files).
+ The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+When using the menu
\family sans
-ASCII\InsetSpace ~
-text\InsetSpace ~
-as\InsetSpace ~
-paragraphs
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
+Lines
\family default
- preserves paragraphs in text files.
- LyX won't mangle paragraphs - anything between two consecutive blank lines
- goes into its own LyX paragraph.
- The blank line mustn't contain spaces.
+, all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
+ , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
+ will start a new paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It follows a list of all available entries, they are explained in detail
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
+ section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-.
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-ASCII
+CJK\InsetSpace ~
+LyX
\family default
- text format
+format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
+ (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- dvi-format
+ DVI-format
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
+ work in all cases)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+HTML\InsetSpace ~
+(MS\InsetSpace ~
+Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
+ to
+\family sans
+MS Word
+\family default
+, as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
+ in the format
+\family sans
+MathML
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
-eX
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
+ will be converted to a format that is readable for the
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+ program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX\InsetSpace ~
+(plain)
+\family default
+ text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
+ document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
+ for the
+\family typewriter
+latex
+\family default
+ program
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX\InsetSpace ~
+1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is replaced by the version number)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+\family sans
+OpenOffice
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+KOffice
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abiword
\family default
- text file of LaTeX source code
+, etc.
+ (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
+ all cases)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
PDF
\family default
- pdf-format using the program
+ PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\end_layout
PDF\InsetSpace ~
(dvipdfm)
\family default
- pdf-format using the program
+ PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\end_layout
PDF\InsetSpace ~
(pdflatex)
\family default
- pdf-format using the program
+ PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+\family sans
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+text
+\family default
+ text format
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Plain\InsetSpace ~
+text\InsetSpace ~
+(ps2ascii)
+\family default
+ text format, the document will first be converted to Pastscript format
+ and then exported as text using the program
+\family sans
+ps2ascii
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
\family sans
Custom
\family default
- one of the formats above
+ custom format
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
pdflatex
\family default
produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
- Its use is recommended.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Postscript
\family default
is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
or send it to a printer.
- The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
- The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
- program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- For more informations have a look at sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The Edit Menu
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Undo and Redo
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
- Select
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Undo
-\family default
- to undo some mistake.
- If you accidently undo too much, use
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Redo
-\family default
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-undo the undo.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
- overhead.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
- it was last saved, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-changed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
- This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Undo
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Redo
+ The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
+ The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
+ program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
\family default
- work on almost everything in LyX.
- But they won't undo or redo text changes character by character, only by
- blocks of text.
+.
+ For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Cut, Copy and Paste
+New and Close Window
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected, it's automatically
- placed in the clipboard, so that the
-\family sans
-Delete
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
- keys also function as the
-\family sans
-Cut
-\family default
- command.
- If you've selected text and hit a key, LyX will replace the selected text
- by the character of the pressed key.
- You'll have to do an
-\family sans
-Undo
-\family default
- to get back the lost text.
+Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
+ You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To select text hold down the left mouse button and drag the mouse.
- LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
- Use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Copy
-\family default
- to create a copy of the text in the clipboard.
- To paste text, use the middle mouse button (eventual click on the mouse
- wheel).
+\begin_layout Section
+The Edit Menu
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Undo and Redo
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Paste\InsetSpace ~
-External\InsetSpace ~
-Selection
-\family default
- will insert the text in the clipboard
-\family sans
-as
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Lines
-\family default
-, that means the whole text is inserted as
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- paragraph or
-\family sans
-as
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Paragraphs
-\family default
-, where the line breaks of the text will start a new paragraph.
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find/Replace
+Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Find\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Replace
-\family default
- item opens the
-\family sans
-Find\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Replace
-\family default
- dialog.
- The text you want to find goes in the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- box.
- Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
- Hitting the
-\family sans
-Replace
-\family default
- button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
-\family sans
-Replace\InsetSpace ~
-with
-\family default
- box.
- You can click to search again to skip the current word.
- Hit
-\family sans
-Replace All
-\family default
- to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
- The
-\family sans
-Case\InsetSpace ~
-sensitive
-\family default
- toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
- the search word.
- If the toggle is set, searching for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
+
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-Match
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Select All
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selects the whole document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
- will not match the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-match
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- The
-\family sans
-Match\InsetSpace ~
-Word
-\family default
- toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
- I.e.
- searching for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Move paragraph Up/Down
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-match
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
+ up or down.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Text Style
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
- will not match
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-matches
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-matchbox
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Paragraph ! Settings"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, etc.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
+ cursor is in.
+ Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
+ This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
+ indents in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Text\InsetSpace ~
+Layout
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
+These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
- The properties of tables are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:tables"
\end_inset
-, the properties of formulas in chap.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+, the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Spell Checking
-\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Spell Checking"
+Increase / Decrease List Depth
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
+ be nested.
+ They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:nest"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:numbering-depth"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+The View Menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
- Rather it uses one of the external programs
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
- as backend.
- This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
- programs.
-
-\family typewriter
-aspell
+The
+\family sans
+View
\family default
- can be seen as successor of
-\family typewriter
-ispell
+ menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
+ document with an external program.
+ The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
+ - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
+ All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should at least see the menu entries
+\family sans
+DVI
\family default
-, so that it is recommended to use aspell.
-
+ and
\family sans
-hspell
+PDF\InsetSpace ~
+(pdflatex)
\family default
- is an Hebrew spell-checker.
- The used spell checker is set in the preferences, see
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+.
+ If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
+ The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+
\end_inset
.
+ The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
+ reconfigured.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Spell checking will start just after the current cursor position.
- A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
- allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
- Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
- in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
- In the
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+At the bottom of the
\family sans
-spell checker
+View
\family default
- dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
- could be found.
- Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
- input field (double-click to invoke replace).
- Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
+ menu the opened documents are listed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Source
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
- the text you're checking, which is set in the
-\family sans
-Layout
-\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family sans
-Document
-\family default
- dialog.
- If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spell checker
- will not work.
- In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
- specifying a different
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
-alternative language
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Update
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
- (This at the moment the only possibility for a word count of a document.)
+This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
+ opening a new view window.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Limitations
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Toolbars
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
- rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
- of the word.
- But you can use the
+In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
+ All toolbars and the
\family sans
-Find\InsetSpace ~
-&\InsetSpace ~
-Replace
+Command\InsetSpace ~
+Buffer
+\family default
+ can be turned on and off.
+ The
+\emph on
+on
+\emph default
+ state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
+ The
+\family sans
+Review
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Math\InsetSpace ~
+Panels
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Math
+\family default
+ toolbars can be additionally set to the state
+\emph on
+automatic
+\emph default
+ that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
+\family sans
+(auto)
\family default
- menu for that.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This does work with
-\family typewriter
-pspell
-\family default
-, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+In the
+\emph on
+on
+\emph default
+ state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
+\emph on
+automatic
+\emph default
+ state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
+ or when a certain feature is enabled.
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
+ is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
+ is inside a formula or table, respectively.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Personal dictionary
+\begin_layout Section
+The Insert Menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to use a different file from the spell checker's default choice
- as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
- Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
- message on stderr which you can ignore (
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
+??
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Further Options
+\begin_layout Section
+The Navigate Menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Spellchecker
-\family default
- menu has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
+This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
+ the current document.
+ This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+The Navigate menu also offers to
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bookmarks
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
+ This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
+ to jump e.g.
+ between section\InsetSpace ~
+2.5 and 6.3.
+ To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
+2.5 and use the menu
+
\family sans
-\bar under
-A
-\bar default
-ccept compound words
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
+1
\family default
-
-\newline
-Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like
-\newline
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-passthrough
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
+6.3 and use
+\family sans
+Save\InsetSpace ~
+Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
+\family default
+2.
+ Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
+ the key bindings
\family sans
-\bar under
-E
-\bar default
-scape characters
+C-1
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+C-2
\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\newline
-Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spell checker considers
- words, e.g.
- German umlauts.
- This should not normally be needed.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
+ The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Check T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-{}
+Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
+ cursor position.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Go to Label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-no idea
+Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
+ Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
+ on a cross-reference box.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Section
+The Document Menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Preferences
+Change Tracking
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+Not yet described in one of the manuals! (??)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Reconfigure
-\end_layout
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu reconfigures LyX.
- That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The Insert Menu
+eX Log
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-The Layout Menu
+\begin_layout Standard
+After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
+ enabled.
+ It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Character Settings
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
+
+\emph on
+Experts
+\emph default
+ will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Paragraph Settings
+Outline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The settings in the paragraph dialog affects only the paragraph where the
- cursor is in.
- The dialog consists of the following three tabs:
-\end_layout
+Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-General
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can set the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
- You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
- This option works only when you have chosen indent separation of paragraphs
- in the
-\family sans
-Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Document
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Layout
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Spacing
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Start Appendix Here
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set different spaces above and below paragraphs.
- There are three predefined skips with a size relative to the font size.
- The space VFill is a so called rubber length, described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
+ position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:vertspace"
+reference "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Lines & Pagebreaks
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Compressed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Pagebreaks can also be forced in this dialog tab.
- They are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+Un/compresses the actual document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Settings
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Document Settings"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:pagebreak"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Settings"
-.
- You can also put lines around a paragraph as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lines-around-Paragraphs"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Document ! Settings"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Document Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
using a template.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Layout
+Document Class
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here are set the document class, class options, fonts and other layout issues.
- Document classes are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
+ Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:doc-classes"
\end_inset
-, font in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+.
+ The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
+ When using
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
+ It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Fonts
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
\end_inset
.
- The float placement options are described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Text Layout
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
+ skips.
+ The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
+
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can further adjust the paragraph separation:
-\family sans
-Indent
-\family default
- means that the first line of each paragraph is indented.
+The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-\family sans
-Skip
-\family default
- separates paragraphs by a customizable skip.
+\emph on
+Embedded\InsetSpace ~
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Paper
+Page Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A detailed description of this menu is given in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Layout"
+
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Margins
+Page Margins
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the paper margins, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Margins"
The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
language.
E.g.
- you possibly want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and
- not by using LaTeX-commands.
+ you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
+ using LaTeX-commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The font encoding
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-auto
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+If you use the option
+\family sans
+use language's default encoding
+\family default
+, the default encoding for the selected language is used.
+\end_layout
- should work on most systems.
- LyX will then take the right one automatically.
- If it don't work, e.g.
- you want cyrillic letters, but see latin ones, you have to adjust the encoding
- manually.
- It follows a list with the available encodings:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is a list with the important encodings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
- Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
- Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
- replaced by latin9
+amscii8 encoding for Armenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers the languages Croat, Czech, German,
- Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
+cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers the languages Esperanto, Galician,
- Maltese, and Turkish
+cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers the languages Estonian, Latvian,
- and Lithuanian
+cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding but the Icelandic
- letters are replaced by Turkish letters
+cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
- the euro currency sign, the
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
+13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-oe
+\begin_layout Description
+iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
+ Serbian, and Ukrainian
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
+\end_layout
--ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
- be the replacement or latin1
+\begin_layout Description
+8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-cp866 MS-DOS code page for Russian
+latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
+ Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
+ Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
+ replaced by latin9
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
+latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
+ Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers the languages Belorussian, Bulgarian,
- Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
+latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
+ Turkish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
+latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-utf8 code page for unicode utf8
+latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
+ where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Bullets
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
+ the euro currency sign, the
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
- The itemize environment is described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:itemize"
+\backslash
+oe
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
+ be the replacement for latin1
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Numbering
+\begin_layout Description
+pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
+\family sans
+XeTeX
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
- in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
+ It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
+ encoding.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:numbering-depth"
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Bibliography
+Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu needs the LaTeX-package
-\family sans
-natbib
-\family default
- installed.
- If you use NatBib, you can choose between two citation styles.
- For a further description see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
+ in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+reference "sub:numbering-depth"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Packages
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is only one package to choose.
-
-\family sans
-AMS math
-\family default
- will invoke the LaTeX-package amsmath, that is necessary for many math/formula
- constructs.
-\end_layout
+You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
+\series bold
+natbib
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Preamble
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
- to define LaTeX-commands.
- The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
- You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
- do.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in the
-\emph on
-Extended\InsetSpace ~
-Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+jurabib
+\series default
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Environment Depth
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
-\begin_layout Standard
-These menus in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
+.
+ For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:nest"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:numbering-depth"
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
- et sqq.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Appendix
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Math Options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using this menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
- position.
- The appendix is visually emphasized in LyX as box with a red border.
-\end_layout
+These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The appendix is the last part of a document.
- Within it, you can use all paragraph types but sections will be numbered
- with latin letters to show the difference.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-The View Menu
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To preview the document with an external program, use this menu.
- It offers the preview in
-\emph on
-dvi
-\emph default
+\series default
and
-\emph on
-pdf
-\emph default
- format.
- The menu entries for previewing are not the same on all installations -
- it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It follows a list of all available entries:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- dvi-format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+\series bold
+esint
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
-\family sans
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(dvipdfm)
-\family default
- pdf-format using the program
-\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- pdf-format using the program
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+\series default
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The differences of the formats are explained in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+amsmath
+\series default
+ is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ assure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+esint
+\series default
+ is used for special integral characters.
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Float Placement
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You should at least see the menu entries
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-PDF\InsetSpace ~
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
-.
- If on of the two is missing you need to update your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see sec.
+The float placement options are described in section
\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+reference "sub:Float-Placement"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
- The viewer can be set in the preferences, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Bullets
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
+ The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Preferences"
+reference "sec:itemize"
\end_inset
.
- The default viewers are set by LyX while it's configuration.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Update
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
+Branches
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu allows you to update the preview with your latest changes without
- opening a new preview file.
+Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Branches"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_layout Subsubsection*
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX Logfile
+eX Preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-After opening a preview file or after exporting the document, this menu
- will be enabled.
- It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
+In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
+ to define LaTeX-commands.
+ The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
+ You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
+ do.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
-
-\emph on
-Experts
-\emph default
- will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
+An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The Tools Menu
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Spellchecker
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Thesaurus"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
+Count Words
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Word count"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the same window that appears when clicking on the grey table
- of contents box.
- Within this window you can navigate through the document similar to the
- navigate menu.
- You can open/close section levels by using the slide control at the bottom
- of the dialog.
+Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
+ part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
eX Information
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "TeX Information"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-The Navigate Menu
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This menu lists the existing list of figures, list of tables and the table
- of contents (TOC) of the current file.
- This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The Navigate menu also offers to jump to the next error-, note- or label-box
- following the current cursor position.
+Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bookmarks
+Reconfigure
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
- This is useful when you're working on a large documents and often have
- to jump e.g.
- between sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+This menu reconfigures LyX.
+ That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
-2.6 and 6.3.
- To create bookmarks for this example, go to sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
-2.6 and use the menu
-\family sans
-Save\InsetSpace ~
-Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
-1
-\family default
-.
- Then go to sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
-6.3 and use
-\family sans
-Save\InsetSpace ~
-Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
-
-\family default
-2.
- Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
- the key bindings
-\family sans
-C-1
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-C-2
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
- The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preferences
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you wish to have more than three available bookmarks, look at sec.
+The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:ui"
+reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
- for a detailed description.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-The Documents Menu
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here are listed all opened LyX files for an easy switching between them.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
Configuration
\family default
- creates a LyX-file with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
- found by LyX (see also sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
+ found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
buttons:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/layout.xpm
+ width 0.9cm
+ height 0.9cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Default
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Url
+URL
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
for Portuguese.
- LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you like to customise the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
+If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
using the
\family sans
\emph default
as serif font,
\emph on
-arial
+Aral
\emph default
or
\emph on
-helvetica
+Helvetica
\emph default
(depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
\emph on
\end_inset
pt.
- They are explained in detail in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Document-Font"
\begin_layout Standard
The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
document.
- This feature is described in sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
usepackage{babel}
\series default
is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
- For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at sec.
-\begin_inset Formula $\,$
-\end_inset
-
+ For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:ERT"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Global ???
+Global ??
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Description
Auto\InsetSpace ~
-end ?
+end ??
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Spellchecker
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Outputs
\end_layout
Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
For example, you might want to use
\family typewriter
-ghostview
+Ghostview
\family default
- to examine PostScript® files, or
+ to examine PostScript files, or
\family typewriter
xdvi
\family default
You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
\family sans
-\bar under
-T
-\bar default
-ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-P
-\bar default
-references:Converters
+Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences:Converters
\family default
dialog.
For example, to change the
\family default
(or whatever), and hit
\family sans
-\bar under
-M
-\bar default
-odify
+Modify
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To understand the units described in this documentation,
\begin_inset LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units-for-image"
+reference "cap:Units"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Units-for-image"
+name "cap:Units"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
-label "Credits"
-key "lyxcredit"
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\newpage
+Bibliography created with the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+label "Credits"
+key "lyxcredit"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
+\backslash
+bibname
+\backslash
+; 1}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline
+\series default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ It creates a TOC entry.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
+ two different ones in one document.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
-href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HE
-AD&content-type=text/plain}{
+href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "fancyhdr"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "nomencl"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Documentation
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand index
+name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Arabic"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Arabic
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Armenian"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Armenian
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Farsi"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Farsi
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Hebrew"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wiki-page
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Hebrew
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\newpage
+Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
+options "biblio/alphadin"
+bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
+\backslash
+bibname
+\backslash
+; 2}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+addcontentsline
+\series default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ It creates a TOC entry.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
+ two different ones in one document.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
+\begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset LatexCommand printindex
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff